Skip to main content

Full text of "Living grace : our 1945 book for singing schools, conventions, etc."

See other formats


y 



r . ...... ...... .. -, 

«^0° X ^- ^ a* <T> 



w 




No. 00 



Happy Day 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
C. W.H. in "Living Grace" Clifford W. Hatcher 






1. hap - py day when I shall be With Him who 

2. The way is bright with Je - sus near My life to 

3.0 hap - py day when saints Bhall meet, ..A round the 

^f>. l, 



JULJL4 



r - i — --J j> 




m 



mc^ 



x> u u u ^ijuircr « u u u u ~ s? 

gave His life for me; With lov- ing friends all partings 

guide my heart to cheer; In faith I'll cling to this dear 

throne each oth-er greet; Ee-demption's song, on heaven's 

i — g^j* j j. — ..^ .0 j j o j> jj 









£R? 



E& 



D.S.— A-round the throne of Christ the 

Fine 




Uuuu U U U * P P U L 

thru, I'll dwell in peace be-yondthe blue.. 

friend, And dwell with Him un - to the end. . 

shore We'll sing with joy for - ev - er - more. 

a — iT^3 J: j — -a 



^l r^^~ w h . ^ ^ *" 



■XTWi^ t=\ f - 



jjLu 



fe* 



i 



3R 



:(■=*: 



b j U > U V — ^- 



trtrtrtJ 



is- 



King Un - num-bered saints will shout and sing. 

Chorus 




hap - py day,(0 hap - py day,) re - un - ion day, (re - un - ion day,) 




D.S. 



^^ii 



^ 



1 H — ^ 



^ — =1 £- 



When sorrows all(When sor-rows all) have passed a-way; (have passed a-way;) 



,J J? Jf J 



J? J J J" 



Living Grace 



Our 1945 Book 
FOR 



Singing Schools, Conventions, Etc. 



AUTHORS 



J. R. Baxter, Jr. 

Luther G. Presley 

W. Lee Higgins 

John L. Shrader 

Thos. J. Farris 

W. A. McKinney 

W. M. DeVaughan 

Robt. E. Arnold 

E. M. Baygents 

Walter Rippetoe 

C. C. Stafford 

C. A. Luttrell 

J. Conrad Hall 

Aubrey Douthitt 

Rev. R. H. Cunningham 

Fred Rich 

C. H. Mansell 

W. M. Daniel 

Wm. W. Benson 

R. H. McNew 

Clifford W. Hatcher 

Clyde Williams 

Lillian Howell 

Malcom Jones 

Frank White 

Geo. C. Cheairs 

Harry Dixon Loes 

Mrs. Frank H. Stamps 

E. Percy Parks 

J. Elmo Burkett 

Dorothy Ray 



V. O. Fossett 

Albert E. Brumley 

L. D. Huffstutler 

B. B. Edmiaston 

Ernest Rippetoe 

Marion W. Easterling 

Lonnie B. Combs 

W. Allan Sims 

Lester Williams 

Walter E. Howell 

Claud H. Center 

E. Webster Kirkland 

Dr. H. H. Martin 

L. L. Eads 

Chas. R. Woods 

E. M. Latham 

B. I. Cline 

Mrs. Omah Floyd 

G. T. McCormack 

A. C. Doss 

J. M. Collier 

Onie L. Francis 

Pat H. Baxter 

M. H. McKee 

L. D. Bassett, Jr. 

Burl Carter 

Luther M. Hutchins 

Cecil A. Carter 

T. L. Crenshaw 

J. C. Townsend 

Arvin M. Burrow 



Frank H. Stamps 

J. B. Coats 

W. W. Combs 

G. T. Speer 

P. B. Shaw 

Mrs. C. C. Yarbrough 

G. W. Bobo 

W. B. Huggins 

Travis Bottoms 

Hale Reeves 

C. R. Melton 

S. L. Wallace 

Rev. R. L. Stanley 

Elmer L. Ward 

Floyd E. Hunter 

J. Alton Grisham 

Floyd E. MoNeiU 

L. D. Laminack 

Dempsey Rainwater 

Thurman H. Smith 

Bruce Lloyd 

Mrs. W. A. Nelson 

Rev. Renus E. Rich 

Ira E. Corley 

Hansel Hunter 

R. L. Rust 

O. S. Davis 

J. L. Hendrix 

Homer L. Trammel 

W. D. Hopper 

Monroe Lewis 




PRICE: 

35 cents a copy; $3.60 a dozen; $13.00 for 50; 
$25.00 for 100, postpaid 

Shape Notes. Manila Binding 



Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co., Inc. 

Plate Makers — Printers — Publishers 
Dallas 8, Texas — Pangburn, Arkansas — Chattanooga 1, Tenn. 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Printing Co., Inc. 



No. 1-A Thru the Valley With the Lord 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. Robert Portwood in "Living Grace" Dempsey Rainwater 



^£J: 



m 




m 



■h— ft- 



ss^^i^^i 



XX Lai 3M 3«- 



■S" 



1. Sometimes I am sad and wea-ry, man-y sor-rows on my soul, When I've 

2. When temp-ta-tions o - ver-take me and would lead me to their snare, When no 

3. When my work on earth is fin-ished and I hear the call to go, What a 




left some Drecioas treasure I a- dored,a - dored; But I hear a gen - tie 
help the world a-bout me can af - ford, af - ford; Je - sus gives me sweet de- 
joy to be re-clin-ing on His word, His word;With my faith in Christ the 



-f^>' :r Fi--.'ri» ± 




? —I Af- Al 4N- 



J5 — rL 



u u y v 

D.S. — Tho in weak-ness I may 



-frW *- 



= 2 2 f = t 



A. * 



"*)— " 



f 



: ^ 



whis-per when I yield to faith con-trol, Say - ing, 

liv- 'ranee when I go to Him in pray 'r, And I walk on thru the 

Sav-ior, blest as-sur-ance I shall know, I shall 






&Tlr 



v - ^ ■-■ k . ■ u • k 

stum-ble, still I'll seek the great re-ward, I shall 

Fine Chorus 

-ft — Pi 




— Kj — ■ i 1 — — i 1 1 — arf-r-« — ■ — \ 

— HS-m^e*)— 3=*— =■«— J— 5— -*— ^— 3 



val-ley with the Lord. 

trust-ing in the Lord. 



I shall walk on thru the val-ley with the 



Wl 



» — m- s -m — m— F* — — — w— fi ^— F* — * — F — I 



T#— <* 



*£. a — B-bfe — kk-hbk — I* — wk — <*. — uk 




5= 



p^^iiMipi^p 



3K2 



Lord, Trusting, al-ways ful - ly trust-ing in His word; 

might-y Lord, bless -ed word; 

^ I 



p — m- — m — -\ 1 1- ' — p 




No.1 



Living Grace 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Living Grace" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 






1. As I tread life's road 'neath a heav-y load, 

2. Lest I lose my song when the way seems long, Thank God for liv-ing grace; 

3. Thru the snn-shine bright or the shades of night, 

-m- -m- -■£■ 




S=S 




^^^^^^B 



Grace to stand the test and to do my best, 

'Twill sup-ply my need, dai - ly man-na feed, Thank God for liv - inggrace. 

Grace to help me see what my life should be, 



£=£ 



t=£ 



e 



m 



!i=^k 



fcfcr_=fc*=Bz 



±=b 



r r r : HTtT 



* 



Chorus 



31 



*=£ 



5 






F 



$3 



Sl^S 



Liv - ing grace to bright-en ev - 'ry day, Liv - ing 

Liv - ing gra.ce ev - 'ry pass - ing 



_A_ _) — — | 1 — — | — ■ >f 



: f s=:: ! 5: 






*=T 



rV-i*- 



tE= r-fr-tn =g=E 



*-^- -^~ 



* 






grace for faith to help me pray, Liv-ing grace to 

Liv-ing grace me when I Liv-ing grace 




guide me all the way, Thank God for liv - ing grace. 

the pfl-grim His -liv - ing grace . 



rrr r= t:=E=t 



s 



.Ma 



fc=t=fct 



.■ls_^_ -i [ in lz [ i iz. 



No. 2 



Jesus is Mine 



To my class at Four Mile, Shelby County, Ala. 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Living Grace" W. M. DeVaughan 




1. Darkness was on the road, heav - y my dai - ly load, But when I 

2. Tempters were close to me, from them I could not flee, But when I 

3. Je - sus is with me now, hum-bly to Him I bow, Foes ne'er my 

■#- &*=• H*- Hfe- -*■=- ■**=- -^- ■**- ^ -f*- ~. ji_ r 




m 



humbly prayed sunlight did shine; Glo - ry then filled my soul, bur-dens did 
looked a-bove something di-vine Came down in - to my heart, mak-ing the 
soul can harm tho they com-bine; I have the wit -ness true as I life's 

m- ih*- -»*- -■*- -(=2. 



i* 



ft- M. 
•bs~ is- 



JL. ft*. jfL. 



:t: 



& 



-m—m- 



•U-Li-U- 



t=Ss: 



£=E=£ 



mm 



k J~JFxf 



Fine Chorus 



33 



^ppp 



tt£ 



■#- l 



backwardroll, Nev-er I'll be dis-mayed, 

joy-bells start, I found thru per-fect love, Je - sus is mine. Je - sus is 

way pur-sue, Sa-tan can -not a - larm, 

■ft, _ nfr _ -*,- Jf*. Jft- .^. jfL. 



^m 



fcfcSJfc 



t 



£££ 



:£: 



£ 



£=£ 






:t: 



f 



r 



i=P=t 



D.S. — Glad-ly His will I do, Je - sus is mine. 
Pi 



3* 




3=^=#i=2=i=2= 



— p p | — p— ~tt 

mine to - day, shad- ows have passed a - way, I have the prom-ise true, 

„ r ■» <~ &r f- §fc- f- -N- -f- ,-f- - ,» fl j »f f- , 

-£— t= — c ^ — p — * c 3 




-P- 



33 



h I s h I 
fed — «i J _j ai 



=F 



f=3 



*i — ft — hr 



D.S. 






what joy di-vine; No more in sin I roam, my soul is fac-inghome, 

t^t if c r tLf-f -jfrf ^ttf h 

l=fi -t— Br-F — ?-b= «—F-F— ^-tr-g -F-^a 



S 



No. 3 



E.W. 



Safe in His Love 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" Eugene Wright 



jM 



-^ — =«■ — * — 



ra=* 



m 



* 



■M — X- 



m 



* P * ^i -j ^tj 



1. No mat-ter howheav-y the load, I am bear - ing,No mat - ter how 

2. I'm mov-ing a - long the bright way,free from sad-ness,Re- joic - ing each 

3. I'll lose all my trou - ble and care in the morn - ing And join the glad 



^-^P ft *, -U, \+ tA * Uk ufc- 



-I ♦ — (-- 



-• — "*- 



5 



*= 



tnr 



-tr u D 




£ 






H^ 



=1=1= 



3=jt« M~^ *r p . 



F= ± *F=*3*=3=f 



EtE 



drear-y the road, I am shar- ing; Since Je - sus is near me, to 
hour of the day find-ing glad-ness; No e - vil can harm me, no 
num-ber so fair, crowns a-dorn - ing; Where loved ones will meet me, with 

A — f -m — m — = ■ — 

I 1 L_l 1 i &* 



V g ^ =F : 



:tz^ 



^=t==^==^==£==J 

i — 1* F — A — h 



^r m rr^ 1 



Fine 



J5J: 



J 



-■i — ftj m « m 



1/ u» tr 

com-fort and cheer me, I'm safe, 

dan - ger . a - larm me,* 

wel-come smiles greet me, tru-ly safe, 



^=r=^=^ 



in His love. 



z G~t f 



m 



y < * i • i < * 



won-der-ful love. 



•frfr 



#: 



-=F 



Chorus j 






**—ju J P Vi 



i/" i> z -^ c-rr 



I'm safe in His won-der-ful love, Safe in His 

I'm safe in His won-der - ful love, I'm safe in His won-der-ful 

I 1- -J a_ 



£ 






Lfc 



i= 



»--F— F- 



S 



:^_F-=N= 



-r L r 



-p-t 



u u u 



ft J J- J J- ■•^ rj ^J-fe M 



^— 5=t£=3 



* p *W 3 r^raMfcg=g 



£=£: 



n 



« 



won-der-ful love; No foe I am dread-ing, for home I am head - ing, 
love; 



-A4WA 



r^— F- 



-j±=E 



SI 



ifctl 



: iA Uk- 



t=& 



S«- -Uk I A. [A 1* *.- 



■> — k 



No. 4 



J. M. C. 



Sometime 




Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" J.M.Collier 



S=Si=giiS3 



JUV4 1 



m 



-ft- 



3P53" 



■tzat 



S 



vS- 



— S- L A — A — A — s — =- 

^ -BB- -«■- -Ml- ^ ▼ 

1. Some-time our tear9 will all be wiped a-way, Sweet heav-en we then shall see; 

2. Some-time we'll meetwith loved ones gone before, In heav-en where all is love; 

3. Some-time our cross will change.a crown be won, Our sor-row will then be o'er; 





:*=£=fa 



fr— fl— fr =£=t 



a^zzf^h 



fc=&^=& 



S 



R 



*pfcttl 



r=T 



=t 



Sometime with joy we'llhear the Sav-ior say,Come,en - ter and live with me. 
Sometime we'll join those waiting at the door, Of heav-en our home a - bove. 
Sometime we'll hear the welcome wordV'well done"Then glo-ry for ev - er-more. 



AMt 



£££&£=E 



*—*- 



£ 



>$?^^m^^F^\ 



Chorus 




^ 



r^^F ^F 



=F^ 



Yes, sometime we shall be sing-ing, In the 

Yes, some-time sweet - ly sing-ing, 

<-!*- -)*- -i — j— - 







2St 



rt 



^=rf= 



i=i=i= 



# 



glo 

In the glo - ry 

- A - - A - -a- -a- 

t-.t-t-t" 

-is — Ur — hs— k- 



ry land a - bove; 



tr-* 



EiS^E 



Hal-le - lu - jahs will be 
the land a - bove; Hal - le - lu-jahs 

I — ^1 1 1 — 



I i L I. i 



t7~D — tr~ tr 



=^^SeS 



«M=fe 



£ 



±J\ 






iHElE 



:c4z: 



j^yx^- 



£=£ : £=D = S : =£=* 



ring-ing, In that land where all is love.^ 

ev - er ring-ing, In that land is^ joy and love. 

-A- - A - A 

-PB- .x 1 1 

he k:— ►»— Iter 






No. 5 Let His Word of Promise be Your Stay 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Living Grace" Dorothy Ray 

-I 






1. In this world of tur - moil, with its grief and woe Take the Sav-ior's promise, 

2. When your heart is bur-dened,with its pain and grief He in love has promised^ 

3. When the gloom-y shad-ows, veil your path a-head,"I am with you al-way"» 







sat ai- g -_^^*L-^-J^±i3_^^g;^=^zbs^_^j:j= 



SS^fe 



ev - 'ry- where you go, On His word re - ly - ing, ev - 'ry pass - ing day, 
mer-cy and re - lief ; Heal - ing for your sad - ness.strength for ev-'ry day, 
are the words He said, Put your trust in Je - sus, throw your doubts a-way, 



'b y b g b=rg=te=g==g==^ 



tr-nr-r 



s 




Fine Chorus is 






M . tip ~M . ir * — £ si i-p^ — J- R- f-^— L a l-f-S — ^ 



Let His word of prom-ise, be your hope and stay. He will keep His prom -ise, 



^ 



— Uk- 5 — Uk — Kl m i 



4=- 



*-••— Mk — yk — mw- 



' K ^ 



^fczfrC^fc 



£s l-tfk— Hk hfc-^-yk: A 



1 



♦-* -I 1 — -I F- 1 — 



i— — i 1 -i 



U tf u n 






y fcj " p I s — ^f -•- - y ^ 

for His word is sure, When this world is end -ed, still His words en- 

f or His word is sure, still His 



&k 



J 3— t 



t=r 



-q — p— 1£ 
— y— p- 



-y- 



4* Ukr-' fcAr 



fe 



A-a- 



3 



£=&: 



D.S. 



i 



s±a. : 



f 



■»! g -3 






«rr 



s 



dure, Fol-low Him with cour-age, o - - ver all the way, 

words en-dure, o - ver all the way, 

- -^- -F- -»-• ^ -♦- 






t^- 



-Uk — A -= — Uk — U 



H 1 1 1 



US 



No. 6 Mother and Home 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. H. Hensley in "Living Grace" Albert E. Brumley 

>'■ > '-» * -^ - ft ■ , jv-h-^jL, 








1. When I'm tbru with all my trou-ble, And I cross the great di- 

2. Moth-er left. . . .me bowed with sorrow, When she went to her re- 

3. Won't that be a hap-py meet-ing - ver on the oth-er 

III I £_^ J- A _*_ M. 



■*rstt i - — r *j I J r c s - 1=- 

-4—1 . ■ === p^--i^ g^--=H : >-r-^^-Ur 



» 



-•©! ♦»- 



-3^ 



t-t-r 



3 



-rV-r^- 



^=M=H 



-m— m — ^r-±*3— "-a^ 



r r c "" ff** 



vide, There I'll meet my dear - est moth - er - ver 

ward, May I ev - - er live so hum - ble, That I'll 

shore, When I meet with friends and loved ones There to 

-*-+£#- III , I K K 



\ — *- 



=F 



=q— 



=F 



Hd=fU 



Chorus 






P 



— -«1 — — « r — d- 

-^ a * — — Si- 



=t^=fc; 



t£*- 



ST 



on the oth - er side 

meet her and my Lord 

dwell. . ..for - ev - er more that home 



^ £ A— A- 



-Ft •— 



* 



that home that 

that waits for 




waits for me, Just a -cross the mys-tic sea, When my 

me, Just a - cross the mys-tic sea, 



^^^^EE^^EEEE^EE^^ 







bor here is end-ed "" The^i with mother I shall be. 

here is end-ed Then with moth - er I shall be. 

' J -* *■■» f +~ -''* 
X t__fT 



When my la - bor 



'44 i A L^wfyJfMrrr g fc^B 



No. 7 



I'll Stay With My Lord 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G. P. in "Living Grace" Luther G. Presley 

-ft ft- 



1. While pass-ing thru this world of care I'll stay with my Lord, 

2. It mat-ters not what oth-ers do, 

3. Tho Sa- tan tries to tempt my soul, on the right road with my Lord, 




y y 






Tho I a heav - y cross must bear, I'll stay with my Lord. 

I have a bet- ter home in view, 

Ee-deem-ing grace has made me whole, on the right road with my Lord, 

* -S- 
t==fc=tzr 



.)*_,*- 



SEE 



p_L U V' '-P- 



v v v v 



-m- -aw- -m - l _ _ p -g- -S- 

— w — » — | T~ i — "^F l^ — ■ > L^ ~l 

El — k~~P — £ == £ =: F£ ~~ — 1 



Chorus 




J? 
I'll stay, stay, stay, " I'll stay 

on the right road hal - )e - lu - jah, stay, stay, 




l(T) 7 — e* * ♦ * ♦'—?♦' — !-« I 1 1 K- 

Ep 5— L^ L» ,* ^, £- 



at 



And heav - en will be my great re-ward; I'll stay, 



r-tr-r- u— tr 



on the right road 



-»»-;»— Fp — t? — b — b p— fs — g — Eg — t? — B — £ — e — 



y 
17 — sl- 




=ts 



SSI 



hnr 1 



y 



_i — y-— |- 



■'v V [> V 



y 



stay, stay, I'll stay, I'll stay with my Lord. 

with my Sav-ior, stay, stay, on the right road with my Lord. 



hfc 



■u — i — u — i — — "v — ^ — y — u 



=*: 



^k_i4- 



*z=feaE£ 



trtr*rtrnr-t? 



No. 8 Happy Along the Sunshine Way 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A. D. in "Living Grace" Aubrey Douthitt 

4^ 







1. I am re - joic - ing in His love, since I've found the friend a - bove, 

2. Beau - ti - ful flow'rs on ev - 'ry side,since with Je - sus I a - bide, 

3. Trust-ing in Him I shall not fail, He'll pro - tect when foes as - sail, 



m 



jSEJEg^^^^^^ 



&#4; 



9^4- 



¥ 



3, 



m 



JE* EEsEE* E 



# 



m 



# 



^l=il: 



■s-=i 



¥ 



^^^^ 



Hap-py a - long the sun-shine way; Light is the 

From the dread 
Safe thru the 



S£# 



Hap-py a -long .... 

* J J J J A 



£ 



^=t 



W 



i==S=£ 



& 



£ 



* 



•jtzZ 



D.S^-I 



3 

am re- 




3=3=3= 



s 



m 



^=^: 



way that once was dim, for I've put my trust in Him, 
bonds of sin I'm free, with my Lord there's lib - er - ty, 
storms of earth He'll guide, to the home where saints a - bide, Hap-py a- 



^9~- Mfc 



*E£e£e£ 



==£ 



:t: 



:t=: 



:t: 






joic -ing ia His love, I'm in tune with heav'n a - bove, 







at2*=at 






£=^-£ 



=£&£l| 



=-,-&- 



C3_^. 



fW* 



Hap-py a - long the sunshine way. Hap-py a - long the sunshine 

long Hap-p s y a-long 

^== ^=^^ =Eg=tpM g == = P^i^^£EES 









way, Walking with Je - - • sus ev -'ry day; 

the glo-ry way, Walking with Je-sus each passing day; 






V 



r 



. Al_ •*! -'g~-A. ..A A- r 



:p=' 



a 



No. 9 I Feel His Presence in my Soul 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
E.W. K. in "Living Grace" E. Webster Kirkland 



y ^.g .— ^g.— ^-^— ^r-^—^ 1 ^^^ 1 ^ — < — ^ ■ £. -* 



1. As I tread life's rug - ged way I am trust - ing ev - 'ry day, 

2. Here a - lone I'll nev %er be Je - sus walks and talks with me, 

3. What a bless - ed joy is mine read - ing in His book di - vine, 

^•-j.^vJUP > ( + >.f---r- -* .a i 



^. L , a J — ft- g *J A — p — I— a , A , F T ^ * — ifc i 



ft 



i 



*i 



=£ 



3=^= 



TT-T 



u+ 



sdZ 



F " F m- 



u u 



u u - - y 

Striv-ing hard, so bard, to reach the shin - ing goal; Man - i y 

And His name, great name, so wondrous I ex-tol; Let my 

For His word I know shall stand while a - ges roll; my brother, 'Neath that 



m 



Vz2=$. 



£ 



£ 



f=TF 



D.Sw— I have 






His 



tron-bles come a-long but I raise my voice in song, For I . feel 

lot be what it may I will nev - er cease to pray, 

bright ce - les-tial dome is my soul's e - ter-nal home, His sweet 



-fc — j?^ — y — y- 

noth-ing now to dread, all the path is bright a-head, 

p. Chorus 



ft^i=5 



its 



r- P — E V a . m — ■— g £ — fn 



=3=4 



■75T- 



pres-ence m my soul. 

down in my soul 

■£-d— ■- 



I feel His presence in my 




TF~C 



soul, " For His precious blood has made me whole; 

hal - le - lu - jah, I'm so hap - py, 

J/.-jl=L J^ #r -fe- £%»- .t»T- X 

—* Uk — A i b i t ' Mfc Aj — I A A- - 



1 



^ 



S=t>- 



i , F 



tnj^ 



^=ff 



No. 10 Let Hallelujahs Roll 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

li'ictnn in *'T .iinno 1 n.irtnnn** j~*t 




1. Pil-grims, as you trav-el this trou-ble-some way, 

2. Up-ward climb-ing,heav- y your bur-dens may be, 

3. Scat-ter heav-en's sun-light wher-ev - er you go, 



Let hal - le - lu - jahs 



M 



te^ 



£ 



±E 






=t 



iil 



^=^- 



i- 



roll; Lift your voice in hon - or to Je - sus each 

Soon you'll top the mountain, for - ev - er be 
keep them roll-ing; Drive a - way the shad-ows of sor - row and 

\# A l — -^al 



:q: 



~£ 



■*■ 



■h hi hr hr .It 1 hr- H 



t=U=:t= 



f»> Chorus 



rr 






day, Let hal - le - lu - jahs roll, 
free, 



Hal-le -lu- jahs 






— b- -i — i 



ft r =p^=^ 



t=t=t 



ev - er roll. Let hal - le - lu - - - jahs 



p e nrn r^ 



fe£*feEE&ldl 



*: 






i— r 



roll ev-'ry day. Drive the gloom of sin-clouds a-way; 



ill 



'Twill drive the gloom 



:£=U 



-=!—*- 



fc?=££fe£^ 



Sing of His 



^1 [^. I ■ 



1 



H^ 



-X- 



1 



jN T-r-fr^H^ 



g^^ ^afl 



3=2^2= j=a= 2^U!-£ 



rr~r^ 



Sing of love, God's mercy proclaim, Let hal - le - lu-jahs roll, 

love, Ee-joic-ing, ev-er roll. 



* 



£fc£ 



m 



■4-Ht- 



nai 



i 



? 



i= 



-F-» 



^=H ^ =F= ^ F=r f^ 



No. 11 



J. B. C. 



One Thin* Sure 




Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" J. B. Coats 



« 



fe£ 



♦— k— k- 



-K 1 h 



S 



5— «i- 



4=fafe; 



I*=F 



nr 



-«i— S— arf- 



se 



1. Each day we read that someone's miss-ing, by the way, In this great 

2. Don't let that boy e'er leave your fire-side, on His way, Without ac- 

3. If we have failed, in line of du - ty,come what may, As fathers 



sM 



3 



-=i — *- 



i i r i — s- 



- * -p 



-=1 — s- 



-Uk *t |A A. lAr- 



:^2: 



ft-jv 






y y 



y y 



ft* 



=3 : 



if^ 



— i — =*- 



=d 



st 



^=£ 



-N h 

-H-Ad- 



3=* 



3 



=*=* 



war a-cross the sea; 

cept - - ing Christ the Lord; 
in a coun-try, free; 



But we can hope some day to 

While kneeling by the fam-'ly 

How can we stand be-fore the 



m 



Y ^^\>^ y_£ =p =fc 



t: 



y y 



- \Jk. IA IA A.- 



t— q— » 




l> y y y 
D.Srf— That on - ly those we'll see in 

ft h _L, - ft . k n Fine 






3=£ 



■tat 



- — - — n-i 



-25)- 



_q_ = 



meet them, by and by, When we have won. 
al - tar, hum -bly pray, Bring heart and soul, 
judg-ment, on that day, If son-ny's face. 



.the vie - to - ry. 
, .in - to ac-cord. 

.we do not see? 




glo - ry, glo - ry land, Who in this world. 
Chorus 



have loved the Lord. 

-ft ft 



:D=£=£=3: 



a — ai — m — I 



? F" 



"y 

But one thing sure 



that I'll tell to you 
I would tell you 




I read it in 



I read it in 



g p V-ir 



^^ 



God's 



ho - ly word; 



God's ho - ly word; 



-=1 X- 



V=& 



m 



No. 12 



lie Will Garry You Thru 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Luther Shaw in "Living Grace" J. Elmo Burkett 

-A 




ai^^H^S 



-at- -wh ~ -*■ 

1. If your way seems distraught and your aims come to naught, There is so much you 

2. Je - sus suf-fered a - lone f or our sins to a -tone, That we might all have 

3. Je - sua' love is the best, it has stood ev-'ry test, It is of-fered by 



!^fi^= 








feM 



51=5: 



£ 






-ft 1- 



-* 



want to do; If to Je - sus you pray, He will o - pen the way, 
life a - new; He'syour ver - y best friend, and will be to the end, 
Him to you; So, ac - cept it just now and be - fore the Lord bow, 






■jfttm^ 



r-r 









Chorus 






w unorus v 



-^— -at- 

And will car - ry you safe - ly thru. 

He will car - ry you safe - ly thru. He will light-en your cares and 

He will car - ry you safe - ly thru. 



y y y i y ' y 



=t= 









rt 



§H1 



-—I* * w ♦ ♦< 



^=n±* 



Z Z VT 

fear, He will strengthen your courage, too; So, keep 

con-quer your fear, His will to do; 







H 



^ 



srrr 

working for Him down here, He will car-ry you safe-ly thru. 

while you are down here, car-ry you thru. 

■mlii-J . 




mm^m^ 



No. 13 



Trust the Lord 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
C. A. C. in "Living Grace" Cecil A. Carter 



H 



i >4 p m^N f b 

— = t — _j _i _i . I aa — .j — _i_ 



JJU^g Nc 



i 



S 



al— at- 



:g j-^j-3K[ 



53F* 



^-[^fiF 



a » i» « »> 

I T [J y y y y y 

1. In this world ... .of sin and eor-row, Darkness hides. . . .the sunshine 

2. Are you sad and lone and wea-ry, Trou-bles press . ... on ev-'ry 

3. Come to Christ the blessed Sav-ior , Let Him be your dearest 



n T e fY * TA_i * J 



h h 



J*^ 



!&>#=* 



ai^j^: 



8 



m 



si 



- a aj a Ai a ^ H ai a 



^st 



r 



^ 



— rrtrrr-*— -=^^r--— -— 



i 



5=s 



bright; But we know that on the mor-row 

hand; Go to God your sins con - fess - ing, 

friend; He will save and keep for - ev - er , 




God will make it all come right Trust the Lord, 

He will hear and un - der-stand 

On Him you can sure de - pehd Trust the Lord, 



i 



^=^ 



E-fr-ELgL- k. 



^ 



±=te 



j=*F*= 



f 



D.S, — He will bid you en - ter in. 

fLsA 



s 



i 



~! — -I- 



^^ 



iff^iff ^ 



K-tS 



s 



£ 



He will not leave you,nev-er leave you, Let Him save you from your 

Let Him save 




When you reach 



m 



sm; 
from all your sin; 

JJJJJ 



r - - trcrcrcr£r 

the heav'nly por-tals, 
When you reach heav 'nly por-tals , 

-J fA , J V A- 



=£ 






No. 14 



We Shall Rise 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
T. J. F. in "Living Grace" Thos. J. Farris 




s 



£=q=a: 



^ at. 






-zsh 



:a|=*t_ 



s)=a£z*=l 



1. what re - joic - ing with the Sav-ior,my King, Hap-py each pass-ing 

2. On some glad morn-ing when the trumpet shall sound , The dead in Christ shall 

3. Sing on thru shad-ows till the vic-t'ry is won, Tell-ing love's message 



%m 



6ES 



-A— A A—H — 



r-r— m = — r-zm s a. *k -1 



k u i» u- 



l^f^^ 



-r- 




-9 d -J 5 m m — -3- 



day, ev --'ry day I'm hap - py; My heart is o - ver - flow - ing, 
rise, we shall rise to meet Him;U - nit - ed with our loved ones, 
o'er, tell sal - va - tion's sto - ry; 'Twill not be long till won-drous 






&* 



§§ 




Chorus 



w — <s>- L W — L p- i i P — ,*- L « L * — P — m- 



*— at 



*^fn 



praise I sing, I'm on the glo - ry way,glo-ry way. We shall rise, 
joy shall abound, Where come no more goodbyes.no goodbyes, 
glo - ry shall dawn, To reign for ev-er-more, ev-er-more. We shall rise, 

JJt'f^-^i J J J 



m- 



m 



-S=p- 



| ? I g 



:p=: 



f 1 



t- 



:*! WZ3t 




E r g rg g - 



fe 



we shall rise, And be car-ried to heav-en's shore; 

we shall rise, , heaven's shore;We shall 

ss — 1 _ i I f tr- ^ 



mr— P— E- 



r i* p 




^E 



9S 



±=» 



rfcr- l b»-r- 



=&5± 



-A- 



~^P jg N» 



1= 



p±p; 



-J-J— -j n iv-AJ— ^ i i 

^^ j^Sa - *r~ *~ d~ a 

— ESS ~ Z2S AT~asl — g 



LZazti! 




t» y i s — ^i U 

We shall rise, we shall rise, Free from sorrow for ev-er-more. 

rise, we shall rise, ev-er-more. 

£ £ £ t ^- MK-bK- J^ JU 

r— - Uk A A. rA A A A A ■ A I 1 1— — I 1 ■ , 



No. 15 



Be Ready to Go 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A. C. Doss in "Living Grace" E.Percy Parks 




1. When Je-sus shall come to gath - er His own, what a great day 'twill 

2. Dear sin- ner, for you He's call- ing to-day, To-mor-row may be too 

3. How sad from the Lord to be turned a - way, When you in the judg-ment 







be; For those who have won, a - round the great throne Shall dwell thru e- 
late; He'll pi- lot you thru, for He is the way That leads to the 
stand; turn from your sin and trust Him to - day, Hold to His al- 



7 . - \. l. W ! W — !•" — n* 



r r -r^zjp r c r r ure^g - 



* — i — h- — i — 

▲ Ufc Jtx k- 



£^: 



g 



±=* 



y u v 

Chorus P) 






^=^t 



=£* 



ife£ 



-T-T-r— =1 



55 



I* 

y 

ter - ni - ty. 
pearl-y gate, 
might-y hand. Be read 

•^ — i»- 



r^f 



r- — - r m 

Read - y to go, read-y to go, 

y to go, When the 



fk • k, | | lA i A (A Mfc *^ 



fcfc 



:fc=fc=fc 



• r ^ r 



U u by 



tr 



: f= 



y y 



N^=^ ^ ^^^^ ^ 5 



Trrr^ 



r^ 



r^f 



y 



When Je - bus comes for His own; Won-der-ful joy, 

Sav-ior shall come for His own; What joy we shall 



£* 



1 — — I 1 ht* bftt Uk b*k — — 



fete 



2p— S E 



tr 



fcfc 



r~a J J 






r-i 



won-der - ful joy, When we praise Him a - round the great throne. 

know, pearly white throne. 

S is 




gS^S 






S 



No. 16 Galling to Me 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. E. in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 




g^^ ^ggtei ia 



2^«e 



■^-i-mg — r — M . ^l~l~-rl^ ^p: — r- 

^l'g i i — S-r-^- 1 -^- **-■ 



1. In the sigh of the breeze I can hear 

2. Moon and stars speak to me of the Lord, 

3. When in weakness I wan-der a -way, 



f< ' P 



±&=& 



iHSis 



\> b ~'9 

Mn-sic like that of an-gels must 
I can hear Him wher-ev-er I 
Walk-ing by-ways that lead in-to 



rr 



w^^m 




^^l^a^^ 



be, And I feel heaven's peace drawing near — 'Tis the Lord soft - ly call- 
be; All of na-ture, o- bey- ing His word, Is His voice sweet-ly call- 
night, In my spir- it I hear Je -sub say, I'm the way and the truth 



^^i^ 




-sr- 3 

ing to me. Call-ing to me, 

ing to me. 

and the light. Call-ing to me, 



call-ing to me, 

call-ing to me, 






*£JL 1 J^ -*— ♦! 1 <« — ^ ^r-rr-j — « — w — •>- - :s -^^: 

*S— ^- L *W — AJ — *d AJ — A; — ^ — AI-L3-4 — *l — «- 1 — 



^-1- 



■*— *- -at 

And His voice wondrous peace un-to me brings; Call-ing to me, 

Call-ing to me, 



E^fefe^^£Efet= 



P g i'i ,u-b 



H 



p=y- 



i£ 






trf 




^ 



SlSilli^iS 



k--^ 



call-ing to me, 



call - ing to me, 



In my heart heaven's sweet mel-o - dy rings. 






No. 17 



Jesus Will Lead 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music 
H. H. in "Living Grace" 

JV . ^ ». r% ft i __h 



Ptg. CO. 

Hansel Hunter 




1. Glad-ly I jour-ney with the Sav-ior each day, 

2. I'll fol - low where-so-ev - er Je - sus. may lead, 

3. By faith I see the light of e - ter - naldawn, I love Him, 



Fol-low - ing 



A — (*> — A — A-r^ — <*■ m 




p-t 



^=£ 



r- 



£^E 



y ^ 



f 



^■r-rjJiJj -N fcj 




3=3 



-I 1 1 — J- 

=^ — =»* — ^ — *- 



—^ U ft s- 

-+i — A, — -I- — p- 



-tm — ^~ 

-=■■»- -a- 



g^£ 



Him I'm safe, what - ev - er may come; 

He'll lead me; 

— _ r* <+- 



Heav-en - ly beau-ties 
He will pro-tect me 
Soon I with joy shall 



£=££ 



£■ — £ — f— "k~~E — u L — E 



pi 



it 



m 



L p — » 




y y 

bright-ly shine on the way, 
and snp-ply ev - 'ry need, 
join the dear friends gone on, I'm hap - py, 



Trust - ing my Lord, I know He'll 




Pine Chorus 



ft i k tine Ononis . K i 

—I -} — ^ — A *t-+*i — Al *i — Ai P — K — P -Aj— ^ — --] 1 1 afc- 



lead me on home. Je-sus will lead me on to glo-ry land, When loving 

safe-ly home. 

ft _£_!__ ^ J ^ 1 A 



D.S. 




r y y y y y 






IP 



friends are calling me to come and join them;Soon I'll be one of that e-ter-nal band, 

aL» a a, - a, » i a « a a . a »■ ^M 



- A — A- 



A |A Mk— ( A. M l 



H 






fc£ 



-y-tr 



:s=fc 



tp 



No. 18 Gome to Jesus While You May 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Living Grace" Floyd E. McNeill 




g^mm^m^. 



1. While His arms of love bid you look a - bove, 

2. Je - sus died for you, trust His promise true, Come to Je - bus while you 

3. Time is fly - ing fast, har-vest soon be past, 

4. Lest you die in sin with no hope with - in, 



=4 



i£fe*— a! 



-fc= fe* Ke- 



fe 



r-r- 



r-b- 



[l *w 



r=r 



^=j^=^J==^==^ FJ=^^=J==^ 



■♦ — «-f»— cgB — " — g — «- ^ * 



may; Give to Him con-trol of your pre-cious soul, 

Make your hope se - cure, your e - lec-tiorf sure, Come to 
You will find true joy in the Lord's em-ploy, 

while you may; An-swer moth-er'spray'r,He will meet you there, 




** 



s 



=F 



^ 1- 

m — m- 



=1 



=P 



^- 



=1= 



Chorus 

js n 



Hi 



# 



\~ 



— 1-> — i 

:J=|J=3 



Je -sus while you may. Come now while you may, make no 



while you may. 



r ^Bat-iwL^ 





H 






3=3 



1 zj 1 



S — y — S — *i — ^— — i — ^ 



-*r 



fis 



more de - lay, He's the truth, the light, the way; Do not 

liv - ing way; 

— a — «< — a — P- 



:p 



4— A A- 

-I 1 1 — 



S3s3 



f 



«=£=F 



feErtfcil 



Pi 



= -1-1 1 , 1 hi 

^- LH =*3— H — ^=^ 



E#=^B^ 



=£ 



I 



5^5 



2S: 



1- r -r 

long - er roam .start to-day for home, Come to Je-sus while you may. 

while you may. 



^S 



__ZZL 1 1 -I ~ 



£=* 



1 ' ' rv^-i * " 



IB mz 



V — t* 



No. 19 Keep the Song Waves Rolling On 

To Neches Valley Singing Convention and friends everywhere 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B.C. in "Living Grace" Burl Carter 

^ ft ft ft 



A 



^t 



f— fr 



m 



■<&- 



^J: 



^mr^ — g= 



at: 



T^ri^A -n- 



1. While trav-'ling on life's wea - ry road, Some-times we 

2. 'Tis good to meet to - geth - er here And sing the 

3. My life on earth is hard in - deed, But friends have 



ttJt 



* — s- 



m 



-q — «- 



■=H*> 



£h» 



r^ 



^Ete: 



Wt 



TPS- 



Nb 




-D-&- 



¥7 



Zt 



d-w zi- 



*=*t 



-^-^ 



^£3 



-ft — i- 



Wztg 



ifaH — but i t i ? ir*— & 



iff ?cp : 



y V y y 
bear a heav-y load, 



i . & wvwv 

But when we meet with friends and 

songs we love so dear, It gives us strength to stand our 

heard me when I plead; A help-ing hand a joy - ful 

*s ft ft ft ft 



e-^-e-m- 



f-f-f- 



-r r r ff 



^=^4 



— i , 1 , , i , — - 



S 



•A- 



£*^= 



-**-=i — s- 



- PTV V - 



y y y y y y 



i± 



n> ik 



i 



D.S. — At last we'll sing when day shall 

J^ h, „ ft h J\J -^ ne h 



£ 



E3 



^-k-k- 



Sbzft 



y Cy l» 



y y V y y~ 



innryi 



n U y " y 

sing 'Twill light - en cares and com - fort bring 

grief And from our trou - - - ble brings re - lief 

Will give us cour - - - age all day Ions* 

, . n ft ft ft ft 

-L L i f* — *\m 1 — 




m 



Just keep the song waves roll - ing on 



H S- 



■jH^- E- C-k ^ 



s 



£=# 



J— J ! P- 



D.S. 






B i e 



^— ft 



i 



cr if c irg 



X— i 



O'er all the land. till fear is gone, 



T S 



h\p r J __ ^ J J J? J J 



HH 



1 



g B C p 



=T 



P= 



-V 



No. 20 



I Know I'll be no Stranger 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
R. H. C. in "Living Grace" Rev. R. H. Cunningham 



1. I'm a pil-grim and a stran-ger in this drear-y troubled land, And my 

2. I'll not on - ly know my loved ones when I reach my home a-bove, In that 

3. There I'll see my bless-ed Sav-ior as He sits up - on His throne, And Hie 

— : j — i-A A *fa *> Jk A r-A A A ▲ *J A =* 

J2U 4-^ — a»— H ! 1 1 ! 1 m — ar— H 1 Y ■- , 



^ 



W—m 



y y y y y 



^^=^=^=j: 







* y 






soul is burdened down with care ;But I'm go-ing to a coun-try where no 
place of mansions bright and fair; But I'll meet the saint-ed millions who have 
glo - ry I shall ev - er share ; Then with an-gels I shall join and sing the 

U Al — A 4. M A- 



ftS=5=F=6=6=t 



m 



yL > y(7uyyyy y^ 




EE&=S 



«-fc*! 



NTJiJ'Pd 



-j— gj-^*i 






=f 



. Fine Chorus N 



^P 



■=1— X- 



sor-rows ev -er come, And I know I'll be no stranger there. 

long gone on be-fore, And I'm sure I'll be no stranger there. I'll be no 

hal - le - lu - jah song, Praise the Lord I'll be no stranger there. 




■M»-g-e 



lH 



D.S.— And I know I'll be no stranger there. 



=pc 



T 






-^ — - — i 



st 



ger in that ci - - ty , That our Sav-ior said He 



stran 

Be no stran-ger 



bright e - ter - nal ci - ty 




[f y * 

would prepare;Soon I shall pos-sess my man - - - sion, 

Soon I shall mansion, heav'nly mansion, 



Mo. 21 I am Goin£ to Stay 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



J. R. Baxter, Jr. 

h±2 



in "Living Grace" 



Marion W. Easterling 



=t 



3 



£=P 



-ft — 



-^-H 1 



• -p 1- h; — ~w 1 — -w- -«-r-^ — m i 1 1 ^ 

*j — ^- L ,*i -^ — a — a — £j — a, — *-' j&i — «* — A!- L y ; m w 



1. As a stran-ger I roam "with no place to call home, I am seek-ing to 

2. Tho I tar - ry a -while with a song and a smile, I am seek-ing that 

3. Let me car - ry ray cross counting all else but dross, Tho a vic-tim I 



W— P~ 






fir 



F— F 



— m—f-r-m^. 



$=U 







find one some day; With a cour-age that's strong I'll keep marching a - long, 
land far a - way; If re-deemed from all sin He will bid me come in, 
fall in the fray; At the end I'll find rest with the good and the blest, 

-£2_ 




Ei — ^—1=1 — k~P~Et= — b~~i~ 



Fine Chorus 






I am go - ing to heav-en to stay. 



I am go - ing there to stay 



Mh?-*?— E E r r— e r r-Pr-^t— F r-^- F - — g 



:|= 



-p— b 



r-r 



nV-^ 



?-W— ™— ^— -«TT7, k TH « "* <5 1 ! "J :^ *H J 1 



•dj- 



s 



f 

When shall end life's lit - tie day, I am striv-ing His will to o- 



^e=c 



i i= 



fefefca 



9 — V 



■\rt — f — i- 



SEiSH: 



2 



* is 



D.S. 






bey; 



Here I've no a - bid - ing place 
-a- 



But when ends this earth - ly race 



mfg^m^=m 



No. 22 



At the Meeting in the Sky 



Dedicated to Bryant and Keevil class 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. M. H. in "Living Grace" Luther M. Hutchins 

JN ft 




1. There is com-iiig a hap - py time af - ter while, When the Lord shall call Hia 

2. Je - sus went to pre-pare a place for His own, Yon -der 'where the soul of 

3. Now the time for our Lord's re-turn is at hand, For we know that He is 



m£ 



_fiz4: 



AAdL-P 



r-tr 



rrrtr^ 



^fe^^E^ 



r-i 




if w 

chil dren home on high; Are you read-y for that great day when the 
man shall nev - er die; what won-der ful joy 'twill be when His 
com - ing from on high; Sin - ner turn from the paths of wrong and be 

N ft 

kJ ^fA LA '■*■ ■ LA LA 




saints shall be called a-way?At the meeting 

beau-ti - ful smile we see 

read-y to join that throng hap-py meet-ing 



in the sky. 



At the 



ll§5=§= 



t=: 



F— F^l F- 



V— v— 1> p 



W¥§ 



s 



iEEEtE 



V 



«*=c 




^ 



£-fc=ft- 



-ftr—fi- i^ h r 



33 



3^3 



=3EgI 



At the meeting, hap-py meeting, When we gather in that 

meeting, hap-py meeting, 



^H$EfctE 





ci - ty built on high; No more Borrow, no more tears to dim the eye, 

No more sorrow, 



gfe^fe 



: P J -«- 



p-Cr 






No. 23 Mother's Pray'r 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Chas. E. Sizemore in "Living Grace" Pat H.Baxter 



m 



*£ 



■231- 



3t 



3fcSt 



AzJ: 



\f\j\f 



m — 1»-*-^ — « 

y U b-^b 



1. It's moth-er's pray'r that guid - ed me, When sail - ing 



2. It's moth-er's pray'r that leads me on. . , 



To realms of 



3. It's moth-er's pray'r t hat I ca n feel Her gen - tie 






£ 



b* 



fcsri 



aqs: 



FfrTTP - 



U i-> « — 



UTTW 



*- -H; — 1 ^ — Ns p— N — ft — pi — i— = 
h-h — y-h— t-r — — h -1 hr 

y y K y y y u y 



brtrrtr 






^=£=£ 



y ^ y y i y y y I r — 

on life's mys-tic sea; But now I'm walk - ing in the 

joy and peace and song, Where an-gels sing of Him who 

spir - - it o'er me steal, When 1 once strayed so far a- 



r ttk 



~- 






-♦-♦-.♦-<<&- 



y y 



it 



:t: 



rT .y y yT' 



D.S. — I'll cling to Him and trust His 

IS . N Fine 




^U \t l>"yT 

way Of Christ the Lord each pass - ing day 

died, On Cal-v'ry's cross was cru - ci - fled 

way, Dear moth - er prayed for me each day 






£w 



mm 



irt7t= 



t- 



£E&=k=*=* 



DJHJJ 




_25 24- 



^y- 



-Py—m 



*£ 



s 



,y y ^ 

love,. . 
Chorus 



.Till I shall reach the courts a - bove 



r r 



J 



H C Z T. 



+^$ 



I 



-h-i 



r*— =- 



^ff t" ^ D" b 



Dear moth-er's pray'r was not de - nied, 

Dear mother's pray'r was not de-nied, 

-a — F— 3t" 



£ 



Hi 



in 



fltfrTT 



m 



*ES^ 



i 



±s 



i 



D.S. 



SH 



iS=*I 



y 



fezzat 



: f— y^-y— f 



:S= 



^— « — b— b— y— tr— p— = L p~y— y— tr y 

In Christ the Lord(In Christ the Lord) I now a -bide; (I now a -bide;) 



•TP 



g t- rr 



* *- -t^-^C 



-21 ^L- 



f 






-tr- 



I 



No. 24 



We Will Shout Hallelujah 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps -Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
M. H. McK. in "Living Grace" M. H.McKee 



£££ 



*F=ft 



S* 






i=*=2=£z=p 



^=£ 



1. There's a hap -py time a com-ing and we know it won't be long, 

2. Saint - ed loved ones we'll be greeting on the shin-ing glo - ry shore.We will 

3. Best of all we'll see the Sav -ior who re-deemed us by His grace, 



-k,-- -fc^- -fc,- 






** — ^— h — p i» i 



iJM 



N- *^ 



E 



HA Uk *t ▲ Uk A 

f 17 F ITT F 5 



f=* 



I 



i=i 



JJLfljUfcj 



=^4- 



£ 






shout hal - le - lu - jah, to His name, 



j j. ^ ,j 



When we gath - er o - ver 
That will be a won-droua 
bless-ed name; Ev - er-more to know His 




yon-der in the hap-py land of song, 

meeting praising Je - sus ev - er-more , We will shout hal - le - lu-jah, to His 

fa - vor in that bless-ed hap-py place, 




■f? 51/ — *a m | — i- — i — *ia *<- — f- — i — *a 



*=*=* 



^p : 



bless-ed name. 



We will be 

i 



4-jJXjU r ^--.^ ,^- ^ J^ » 



glad and free, 






g^Si^i^S^ 




si 



D.S. 



^rZl^^ p ^rgfl 



fr^ 4l r g -rr 



u V ' 



lu - jah, to His name; We will sing to the King, 

bless-ed name; We will sing to the King, 

J. . _ * . _ W - ■— 1 



£ 



p=g: 



^ 



ea 



££ 



b=t 



» 



No. 25 How Sweet to Trust the Lord 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Ralph Hardin in "Living Grace" E. H. Laney 




U.I-l I 



m — m — m 1- 

9 ♦ — * m- 



i — £ — £, — 5- 



-« — ♦ — ^— 



-w- ~^~ -wm- 

1. Je - sua is a friend so true He will lead you safe - ly thru, He will 

2. Man-y years I spent in sin, had no hope no peace with- in, And I 

3. Je - sus died up - on the cross that we might not suf - fer loss, Gave to 




guide you to that home a-bove; If you serve Him ev • 'ry day He'll go 
walked a-long the lone-some road; But when I be - gan to pray all my 
us a hope of last - ing life; If His voice we will o - bey we'll be 




with you all the way, He will keep you by His grace and love. 

bur - den rolled a -way, For my Sav-iortook a -way my load. how 

hap-py ev - 'ry day, We can tri-umph o- ver sin and strife. 



4^ 



£ 



fe^i 



t 



f— N-r 



£=t= 



T 



g| 



D.Sd— O how sweet to trust the lov - ing Lord. 




sweet to trust the Lord, To live each day in sweet ac- 

how sweet to trust the Lord, To live each day 




cord; Dai - ly read His bless - ed word, 

in swee t ac - cord; Dai - ly read His bless-ed word, 

U-- — ^ I -A- -A.- -*tr -A- -A- -A- -A- 



fefefe 



mm 



:fe 



=t 



±=tc 



si 



Mo. 26 Keep on Praising Jesus 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

Ira E. Corley 



I. E. C. 



in "Living Grace" 




1. When your heart is bur-dened with a load of care, Put your trust in 

2. Earth-ly friends for-sake you when you're in de - spair.But the Lord will 

3. Let us not grow wea - ry but press on in love, Keep on gath-'ring 

"" f 1 .r 1 r 1 r 1 f 1 




_ 2 =•«— L A< Al g 1 ft* A, A(— i 



Je - sus, He your load will share; Nev - er fal - ter but keep sirjg-ing 
bring you joy be - yond corn-pare; If you bring to Him your heav-y 
jew - els for the King a - bove; Let us sing and shout the gos - pel 




3=^ : 



» r* r* 



=£ 



Fine 



S^ 



y— *— a— ■#—• » - 



:N=i= 



=t 



■a — S- 



-&■ 



all the way, It will lead you to the land of per - feet day 
load of sin, He will cleanse your soul and make it pure with - in. 
mes-sage grand, Hal - le - lu - jah, till we reach the promised land 



lg^=£ 



¥H 



*= 



& 



:Mr-^: 



£ 



— £ 



:£= 



1 



D.S.— You will sing of joy and peace for ev - er - more. 






=t 



ft £ — £ — FV^- 



Keep on prais-ing Je - sus with a song each day, It will help some soul a- 

-Ar- -A- -A- -Ac- -A- ^ -Ar- -A- -A- -A- -Ar- -A- -At- 

Frrrtf f f ,rr ^ ,i~i~t~t~F/> 











long the gos - pel way; Keep on sing- ing till you reach that peaceful shore, 

test. -■- - 




t^— ^ — ^ — t— r fc-= — k«:— "& — n 



No. 27 



Walking and Talking With Jesus 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. R. H. Cunningham in "Living Grace" Walter Rippetoe 



mm 



± 



p^i _p r> h— h p p ig£ fA 



3^3- * 



£33 



1. Walk-ing and talk-ing with Je ■ sus my Lord, Safe- Iy He leads me a- 

2. Walk-ing and talk-ing with Je - sus each hour, Fears can no long- er an- 

3. Walk-ing and talk-ing make shad-ows de - part, Hope groweth brighter each 



P D P P 



»fi 



H?& 



fcz±y 



:t: 



t= 



: !T=^£= 



B i * 




y y y 



i — r 1- 



-E—ft-JU j ^ fi 



ft 



^=3 



-*- 



f5z!5-::2rf 



3: 



-a — xr 



3=^ 



long; Rest-ing my faith in His won- der - ful word; Sing - ing sal- 
noy; Sealed by the spir -it and kept by His pow'r, Hearts o - ver 
day; Joy bells are ring - ing down deep in my heart, Bur-dens are 



i£M*i#±± 



B 



*F=-» 



fr- g P P g g-^ 




Chorus 



:p= 



fer 



^— * 



^ 



-*—£ 



3fc" **- 



a 4*3 



#qpc 



" u y u ir ' : u ir . 

va-tion's sweet song. Walk, talk with Christ my King, 

flow-ing with joy. 

tak - en a - way. Walk-ing and talk-ing with Je-sus my King, 



m> 



■m^^L 



e=6 



: g^f 



f= 



i&^=9 jf * - JU ^ 



S 



■ fcaC 



=£* 



a 



n*H=- 



t 



£ 



^ 



3St=j^I 



"y- 



y 

Kept 
Kept by 



b y u » y y u 

by pow - er and love; Led by 

His pow-er and love; Led by His spir- it I 



s 



fob ! * x 



m 



?^--F—X- 



r=g rr ^ 






^=^: 



:£=£ 



:ps 



M 



Ig - 



* 






y 

His 

joy-fnl 



* r- 



§^ 



IT U y 

hand I sing Walk-ing to heav-en a - bove. 
Iy sing, that ci - ty a - bove 

N h h i 



-h* he fc«r- -W ti— 

_i 1 1 1_ afc- 






T 



r 



No. 28 



Shall We Meet in Glory Land? 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. Win. W. Benson in "Living Grace" Wm. W.Benson 




^^^fe^P^ 



m&£u 



3=2 



1. shall we meet in glo - ry land To sing for aye with heaven's band? 
2.0 shall we meet when toil is o'er To be at rest on heaven's shore? 
3. shall we meet in glo-ry land, Where long lost friends shall clasp our hands; 




_) Aj W . I. ^ -I 4jj y_l 



m 



They're robed in gar-ments pure and white, Where never come the shades of night. 
There sin and sor - row uev - er come, But all- is joy in that sweet home. 
Where we shall sing re-deem-ing love, Safe in the home pre-pared a-bove? 

■P—r-P-*- — ^ & Ul i » *» . [W. he l^-r^P^ 

i Li * 1 «_l_i I_q| 1 p 



s 






k=£ 



fe 



&§ 



Chorus 




^ 



*i=*^ 



$ 



*=*=* 



f^TF 



:S=S=*: 



y y y 



T 



shall we meet in glo-ry land, " And greet the 

shall we meet in glo-ry land, 



P^-4-^-y 



I 




*. jSTTS 



M 



W=F— P* 



:p=p=t 



■P--P- 



:d2 



s 






£— ft-4^ 



^^^^^^^R 



-ft— fi— ft— fi 



friends who've gone before? shall we meet in glo-ry 

gone on be-fore? shall we meet 




BE 



land, There to live for ev - er-more? 

in glo - ry land, for ev - er-more? 



t= 



i^e? 



m 



£ 



$=fc 



f 



*=f 



£ 



:t=: 



fiF=p=F=P 



A- 



No. 29 Look Up 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. D. L. in "Living Grace" L. D. Laminack 




1. Tho rough and steep may seem the way, And dark and drear the night, 

2. Dread not the sor - row and the strife, Nor yield un - to de-spair; 

3. In heat or cold, in light or shade, The Lord is al - ways near; 

t£t- -A- -£r- 

.52 h^, .& f" , gz k^—, m ,i~ i~ .in ^ . gl^fl. 




£b 



=f 



3 



i 



fe 



US 



3 



! — Ai— L ^ — 3- 



t# 



I_t= 



=5= 



Trf- * -*- " 75hi_;&- 

When from the Lord you've gone a - stray, He calls you back to light. 

A - long the chang-ing way of life, Your bur- dens He will bear. 

Look up to Him, be not a - fraid, He'll guide you, nev - er fear. 



&- 



b*. 



t: 



<S *_ 



PI 



-^ 



r 



t: 



P=F 



fe 



Chorus 




Look up and cease your pin- ing, there is a sil - ver lin-ing A-bove the 



ifekVB=S 



&e= 



t=t 



t= 



JA. f*_iA._-iA. 



£^=£ 




cloud that dims the day; 

the gold-en day; 

.*J> r^J> i 



-* — *;- 

To Him in faith keep cling-ing 



fct 



±=t 



ri~— «- 



:t! 



-*— ^ — xi— H" 



y u v 






joy bells will soon be ring-ing, Sor-row and pain will pass a-way. 

all pass a-way. 

m ^ m ^^ -^_. ^ ^ ,^ fet- JWUJlJ* j 



No. 30 I Want to Live There, Don't You? 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
F. W. in "Living Grace" Frank White 




^^^^ ^N=d-i-T--^a^^ 



s=£ 



-fJU 



-="<- -50- -9- -51- 

1. There's a beau-ti - ful home, waiting o - ver the foam, That the Lord has pre- 

2. Oft in sad-ness I roam, then I want to go home, But my la - bor on 

3. There the streets are pure gold, I have oft - en been told, And no - bod - y shall 

m. -f*" -f^" -f* - -P- -f 2 ' •» ■ *» -*"=- -N- I ft ^ *► «. . «■ 



ifcE 



g^^i 



£ 



b=^g=r=£ 



1 — h 




pared for the true; Built for you and for me, by the beau - ti - ful sea, 
earth is not thru; So I'll still trudge a - long with a smile and a song, 
ev - er be blue; There will be no good-byes, no more sor- row or sighs, 



Jh. 



:t: 



X 






£ 



fct 



t=± 



fr* 



E 



±z=± 



£=E 



3F 



ff 7 



Chorus 



szr^Sszt 



J-^l 1- 



fe^ 



3 



2*=t 



33 



3 



I3^=st 



-5- -J- i *=^ 

I want to live there, don't you? I want to live there,heav-en's 

tzrztsz 



rife 



=£= 






fc^ 



-r-f - 



±=t 



s 



■*>-p- 



i — w- 



*=F 



^ 



ID Z£ ij ^ . 



3d: 



fcS 



glo -ry 



Hi 



-«r -«- -»- 
to share, Praia-ing Je - sua 



:£: 



4 



^=^: 



£=e=£ 



the long a - ges thru; In the 



:M=£Eat-~s 



Si^ 



3=*=* 



r r r 



^H J I Jil^hH igE 



-A I I I 



i 



r 



^ ^i 



■zfe^ 



Mas-ter's great fold, where we'll never grow old, I want to live there, don't you? 



BJJ^J^if^g^^El^ 



No. 31 



Singing Above the Gloud 



To the Friendly Church Hour. WLAC, LaGrange, Ga. 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

Malcom Jones 

-fv 



in "Living Grace" 

rr-fV 




1. As here we jour - ney thru the low-lands of sin, - ver the e - vil 

2. The Lord is com -ing back togath-er His own In - to the ci - ty 

3. what a great re - un - ion be-yond the sky, Where joys are per-fect 




— *j— »*— m— ^f- 1 -*— «i — — — 



we the vic-t'ry must win; Je - sus in love is with us, shar-ing each load, 
where no sor - row is known;Free from the bur-dens un-der which here we bowed, 
and where comes no good-bye; Where joy-ous hal-le - lu-jahs ring clear and loud, 



mm e ; pff &N# # ^ 



r^r^ p 



:t. 



V- 



trlr 



V » 






With saints we'll sing His praises far a - bove the cloud.' 
With joy we'll sing His prais-es far a- bove the cloud. 
We'll praise the Lord f or-ev-er, far a- bove the cloud. Soon we shall join the singing 

ft .» -» -P- "*■=- m, ■*=" -*~ -P- -P- ■***" O 



U=£4f=g=£=£= fc 



i 



D.S. -We'll join in prais-ing Je - sus far a - bove the cloud. 



— * — * — * — =h — 55 — L s — 9 — 3 — * — * — ^ — * It EN — =•*— -^— =*«— 

ion ii 



-3—5—51 — m --' BL — : **-^i J ^"*— ""— -"•— "'— 

Winging thru the air, What a won-der-ful re - un - ion in glo - ry land 



n— A— A— A — *» 

j rg-g — fr — jg — jg — g 



1^ 



^ 



A— A A—A- 



ppM 



^ 



fc 



tr-tr 




aj — aI m — W, 1- 



Vr-\r 

D.S. 



1 



3E2 



u «i » — #- 



sg 



fair; Ring-ing clear and loud, 

Un-num-bered hal - le - lu - jahs in glo - ry, 

P v 1 . * 



p^^EgEE^E^EgEgEg^Eg^EEg^ 



No. 32 The Homeland of the Soul 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. J. G. Lusk in "Living Grace" Mrs. W. A. Nelson 

£ £ £ ftM- h ISi IS ft IS r— IS ft- 






1. Christ is com-ing for His own, and He'll call us one by one, To the 

2. For our ran-som Je - bus died, on the cross was cru - ci-fied, Paid the 

3. When our toil on earth is o'er, o - ver on the oth - er shore, In the 



mas 



t= 



fc* 






^rrr 



$=&=$=Z=F 



— — * — *-&" — ^— *-&-!- -S—Jr^— +— **— d— + — ■ ^fi* 



h*i — ft- 



ci - ty bright and fair; What re- joic-ing there will be when our Sav - ior 
price that makes us free; Life He of-fers un - to all who will heed His 
homeland of the soul, Hal-le - lu-jahs we shall sing, prais-ing Christ our 



-W- — a- 



r- fHW 



y y y y r 



fe 



&£= 



±K 



f 



: F=F 



y y y y 



t: 



at . ft. 



y — y- 



S> F 



Fine Chorus 

HS 



^ -* 1 - -* 1 - -♦- ^ > 



±3t3 



we shall see, In the land that's free from care. What re-joic 

ten - der call And His faith-ful ser - vant be. 

Lord and King, While the end-less a - ges roll. Hap-py we shall be, 



7-^--i- 4^-A A A A r-A, £^—3— W— r t— — | r-A *. A A A 



D.S.— Iu the home-land of the soul. 




-ft— K- 

_I l_l_ 



4v=£ 



-ft — ft N ft' 

-J i i_! J 



eH 



seas 



tr IT U y 1*" * U I* L» u u> 

ing there will be, While the end - • less a - ges 

from all sor - row free, While the a - ges, end-less . a - ges 



®&£ 



-pE_P_. 



i TlHn H* 



^mm 




4 



sfe 



D.S. 



m 



=£*=: 



=P = 






roll; Heaven's glo - - ry we shall see, 

roll,for-ev-er roll; Glo-ry we shall see, joy e - ter-nal - ly, 



No. 33 God is Love 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
E. B.Graham in "Living Grace" E. M. Latham 




1. God is love the Bi-ble tells us, On this truth we'll take our stand; 

2. God is love the snow flakes whisper, As theymin-gle in the air; 

3. God is love the birds are sing - ing In the tree top o - ver-head; 



£^^fc*=£ 



&E 






m 



jp-C* 



M £ 



1 fr P i J 



rf 



5zHi=i=3 



BE 



24: 



^=3 



r^r 



He has said if we will trust Him, We shall reach the promised land. 
God is love the breez-es mur-mur, As they meet us ev-'ry-where. 
God is love they seem to war - ble, Praia -ing Him by whom they're fed. 



m 



tfc • — a — Mk — ^k-tA-fr^- 



■v — fc 



£=£ 



:t: 



1= 



— afcr tffc 1 1 1 A A- 



!fc- *r 



inr 



g 



Chorus 




^£ 



a^=g 



Lord in 



tMTT 



3 



s=&: 



heav-en a - bove; God is love, 

heav'n a-bove; God is love, 



Wt 



4=-— r- vr-v* 



$—\ — ± 



-t^- 



*=r 



^■ 1 - 






ite 



^bJ F~ tz~x . g— hsfr A —p^sj ^- fl 



atz* 



m 



nrr 



God is love, All things tell us God is love. 

He is love, per-fect love. 



'-*-m- 



->♦ — # — k- 



£ 



4=^ 



i 



tr-U ^ 






-x 



No. 34 He Changed the World for Me 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Luther G. Presley in "Living Grace" V. O. Fossett 

fcfe 



$% 



3^ 






*=t^=5: 



: 4= t * 



^ 



1. I'm hap - py, 

2. I'm mov-ing, 

3. I'm sing- ing, 



hap - py, Glo - ry to His name, Since 

mov - ing On to high - er ground, There 'a 

sing - ing, what joy di - vine, ' In 



SS^eIei 



£=£— £ 






ir-THr- 1 — TM5 



Chorus 






3fi=3fc 



r 



Je - sua, 
glo - ry, 
knowing, 



Je - sus 
glo - ry 
know-ing 



Lift-ed me from shame. I've got 
Shin-ing all a- round. 
Heav-en will be mine. I've got 



ggj^EE ^^EEE^^g^^ ^S 



rr 



Ff 




NT .Pi ^-.Wl J -, J i H J J , 11 J^ j j 



d±i^=r-^-*-t 



^tfrrfT 



a new re - joic-ing in my soul, The love of God has 

new re - joic - ing in my soul, The love of God has 




*:■■?&: $f?T t : W' " f^ff 



set my spir - it free; The day He came and sweetly took con- 

set my spir-it free;The day He came and sweet - ly 

A 1 



lis: 



m 



£ 



v y y u 



f^ £_£- L 



P 



J^£ 



re : 



6 






trpl, Yes, bless His name He changed the world for me. 

took control, Yes, bless His name He changed the world forme. 



No. 35 



I'll Settle Down in Glory 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G. P. in "Living Grace" Luther G. Presley 

ft — ft 



M=£ 






_: — W — *l 
1 1- 



i£ 



-^ — h« 1 1— 



==r=t^ 



1. I'm just a wea - ry stran-ger in this old world be -low, My way is 
2.1 do not mind the tri - als that come to me each day, There must be 
3. How oft -en do I pon-der that bet -ter home a - bove.The man-sions 

ft 



I 



£ 



sfb^fe 



^mmm 



^ 



:t=: 



:t=t= 



iMHrV- HrlM? 



p—p 



^r 






fraught with dan-ger as on I go; But when my work is end-ed 

self de - ni - als a - long the way; With all my trust in Je - sus 

wait - ing yon - der where all is love; Be-yond the si - lent riv - er, 

ft i 



-w— I* Bi - !» 

jm_: — ^_5 — \ m _ 



£ 



£ 



;-»-+ 



5=^3; 



^=f 



^=E 



*= 



¥ 



mrt 




*=££$ 



••8-- 



#^ #^aa 



zpESzzSl: 



^=ar-±atj^±-t 



and I shall cease to roam, 

no mat-ter what may come, I'll set-tie down in glo-ry and be at home. 

a - cross the dashing foam, 

*-: S & i I* 

-A-r^ T~ <*-»-=— m*- £-r4— ^— ^— ■ A '— 1»— a — '*-!-'* — B r~i 




Chorus 






And take my place, 
I'll set-tie down in gto-ry I'll set-tie down in glo-ry 

-A— <*- 



di^zis; 









With the saved by grace ;My plans are all completed when here no more I roam, 

— M 









ig^i 



No. 36 



Mothers Don't Weep 



To all mothers of eons in the 2074th Q. M. Co. Requested by Tech, Sgt. 
Ralph J. Wffliams,-L. W. 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps -Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston & L. W. in "Living Grace" Lester Williams 




•3- -j- T *» 



& 



=t 



«=* 



1.0 d«ar moth-ers, don't vreep for your boys bo far a - way, Pat your 
2. Keep the fires of home bright on the al - tar of your love, Hold the 



Mi£j 



K — JBSZ 



t=t 



fc 



i 



* 



351 



^ 



pz^p: 



9 . 



p=i 



i& 



m 



' \^t j£ 



=5t=* 



|£3 



to pray; He will al - ways be 
a - bove; He is with the boys 



faith in the Lord, don't for - get 
stand-ards up high, serr-ing God 



fHBFrr 



4~ f r 7 

-+x Ie — w 



^ — <z — ^ /-L — p. 



^S 



5 



D.S.— On the land, on the 




^ 



£ 



9- * t 



j_i ^,_a — a 



m 



near, where-so - ev - er they may roam, Trust His pow'r to re - turn 
there, and He hears them when they call, So, dear moth - ers don't weep, 



1==t 



v f 1 = 



S 



£ 



fcfc 



r-g g g 



sea, in the air, what-e'er may come, Un - der His di - vine care 
Fine Chorus 




them to moth - er and home. dear moth-ers don't weep, 
trust the Sav-ior in all. 



r "T 



-m — **- 



^m 



P. -*- -F- 



i= —\ r 



t=z=t 



f 



r^F 



they'll be com - fog back home. 




D.S. 



i^^^^fl 



&=t 



a ^ fl y j 3 8 



rf 



M- ft 
trust-ing and pray, God is with our dear boys.watching night and day; 



Hi k KZ 



n 



-*r-r#- 



-F-ft»- 



: E 



-*= (2 



^n^rr 



'pi 



No. 37 Drifting Away 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. E. H. in "Living Grace" Walter E. Howell 



^3=?3 



-a — A- 



m^i 



e. jb ri '< i 



U - ■.- - - U 

1. Man - y are drift-ing from God and from right, In - to the dark-ness out 

2. Drift-ing a- way from the Master's sweet care, Heedless of dangers that 

3. Drift-ing, yes, drift-ing, their chances all gone, Man - y are friends we love 

fee.-, 



m — m- 



^^ 



£ 



x 



t^ r e.-k*e— ft— g jr g 




ife* 



£=«= 



-* — ■ H - 






t=5=£ 



J^zzstzat 



U" ? * p 

side; Charmed by the world they are drift - ing from sight, Drift - ing a- 

wait; Giv - ing no tho't to the home o - ver there, Drift - ing un- 

best; Far from the har - bor they drift on and " on, Far-ther from 

m ^ m . m m ^F- -»--—- -"*- 4^" km- -(*- n^ 

-W • F ' rs *= s: * ^ — s. — r^ *■= *■= *=-r-n2K P= — »■=— 

_i i L^ 1 at i ■« «__ _i i i 1 ' *l_ ] 



SII 



*z 



-v- 




Chorus 



?| UJ i £= 



3e£ 



*T3t 



=± 



t^=^=^ 



V I 



way with 
til it's 
safe - ty 



the tide, 
too late, 
and rest. Drift - ing a 



& — r 



tr 



Drift-ing a - way, 



way, drift-ing a - way, 

J> J> J^ > ^ , 

--^ f— J- 




Scorning sal - va- tion and light; 

shin ■ 



g=fc 



Drift-ing a- 
ing light; Drift-ing a - way, 







PH 



dark-ness of night. 

the darkness of night. 



£iH 



No. 38 



Make Your Decision Today 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Living Grace" W. Lee Higgins 



fr-jVf* 



■A^ 






t 



**— A — A- 



i^igzao 



1. For years you have slighted the Sav - ior of men, Re-ject - ed His mer-cy 

2. Your life with-out Je-sus is lone - ly and sad, There's no one but Jesus 

3. Your heart has been charmed by the world's vain de-light, Your foot-steps have wandered 

4. The Sav - ior still ten-der-ly, lov - ing - ly pleads, For thee in His mer-cy 

5. Wait not tUl to-mor-row it may be too late, Then an-guish and sor-row 




dtE£=sJt 



ftf-gf 



ip^t 



V- 



■v — p — p-rP y y 



^ 



±^-^ 



2 — |2n — rr 



i 



s 



*- r* 



a H -g- ■# 



cr 



a - gain and a - gain; While Je - sns is call-ing His sweet voice o - bey, 
can make your heart glad;There's death and disas-ter in sin's downward way 
from path-ways of right;Now Je - bus is wait-ing to show you the way, 
He now in - ter - cedes;Sur - ren - der and let Him have ab - so-lute sway, 
will be your sad fate; The car - vest is pass-ing no long - er de - by, 



t3* 



£=£ 



a- 3U=p=g. — U L : =£-^— U— L— C— C— F— U — — i I 




tat 



Chorus 



R P P-ft- 



FP r^vy^ -Jrj -P i 



h— p> 



=£? 



-^r^ 1 



=? 



-JBT&r 



make your de-ci - sion to - day. make your de - ci - sion,take 

de-ci - sion to-day. 




MMM^M 



S^ ^a 



tzft:te= 



3= 



m 




t= 









TB^^)- 



Je - sus to-day, No long-er in sor-row and darkness de-lay;Come back to the 

-A- _ A- 




-I ■— | ^ . [p ^ bm 1 — f 1 ^ — 



Sav-ior,come back while you may ,0 make your de-ci-sion to - day. 

de-ci - sion to-day. 

-A- -a. aaa«--4a -a-.a-.a- _a- -a- -«*■ PkJ. J* 



m 



& 



No. 39 



The Father's Plan 



l 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
R.H. McN. ' in "Living Grace" R.H. McNew 



;•:. I " — ft — k IS r 

5- -*- -*- -5- -*n- 



=^£ 



IK— 



■te 



1. Je - bus came from heav'n a-bove,came to save me, what love, Came to 

2. Fa-ther,moth-er, sis-ter's gone,they have left us all a - lone,Cross-ing 

3. what rap-ture it will be, when from sor-row we are free, And the 




bleed and die up - on the cross; 'Twas the heav'nly Fa-ther's plan to re- 
o - ver Jor-dan's roll - ing tide; And I know I'll have a place, if my 
Sav - ior says my child "well done" En - ter in - to per - feet rest with the 




deem poor fall - en man, Gave His on - ly Son 
soul is saved by grace, Yon- der with the saints 
ran-somed and the blest, And re-ceivethe robe 



i — l — r 



±1 



to die, what 
of God to a- 

and crown you have 



:|= 



_*__J 



i^ 



> F 



If V 9 9 

D.S. — Tet He bro't sal - va - tion'B plan, set 

Fine Chorus ISIS 



-at 



-f-ft ft 

-f* — «E 



P 



rsnr^ — r-rr 



4- 



r-r-r 



loss, 
bide, 
won. 



'Twas His love, won-drous love, Love that 

'Twas His love, won-drous love, 




bro't Him down to die on the tree; He was mocked, He was scorned, 

He was mocked, He was scorned, 







No. 40 



The Glorious Gospel 



From a message by Dr. D. N. Jackson 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

). B. C. in "Living Grace" J. B. Coats 




1. Be saved,the warn-ing comes to-day, 

2. fie born a - gain, heed the call, 

3. To - day sal - va-tion still is free, 



Be saved, lis - ten now we 
Be born a - gain and nev - er 
To - day the Lord is call-ing 



fc=fe 



&- A-l* — 



tt— E-fc 



mm 



j 4 ■' + • — JF — £ 



±E 



~ 14k fa*c 1 1 1—- -; 



:t==tr 



i fe b gzzgd ^ 



-*-£ 



i^__^_A_fM^ 



pray; Be saved with-in the fold ' to stay, 

fall; Be born a - gain, come one and all, me glo-ri-ous gos-pel now is 

thee; To - day be-lieve and heav-en see, 



*i -~xi—* ! \ z^-xmi al m a p 



«F-nl 






t=£=£ 






I&C 



$=* 



£* 



: F4£ 



F-F-p^f^^^-fi^-tr-p— £= 



r=^=t 



Chorus 



M>- 






A--I— 



3fe^l 



£=l=t 



:zj 



*- F -»- " s 



• 4-^- 



^ 



r\ol ttto't 



call - mg come. The glo - ri-ous gos-pel we're spreading to- 

Gospel's glo-ri-ous call 

-A: r^-hi( 3 Hjg — F — F— F F — H*- 




m c c- * * 



C b B ES u b 

day, The glo-ri - ous gos-pel is wing-iug its 

we are spreading to-day, In-vi - ta-tion to all, 



T» — i* ^— ^— ^ ♦ 



jg fc 



-rr 



1 X I* F F X 



bL 



:£=)rt=!*: 



*— *- 



-*-* 



Itt 



-ft- 5 ! — S- 



I 



JUJ JU^ 



way, Yes, sal - va-tion a-waits, 

upward winging its way, Sal- va-tion is wait-ing, has-ten, I 



i T r tt E-4-&-'F- a > - 



-4 4r- U-U 



:at 



k-i— Mk — Li 



^_^_ 



£-!± 



S=5 ft I i h J ■' J 



The Glorious Gospel 

* * [Lj p N ft 






^ 



glad-ly has-ten, I pray, The glo-ri - ous gos - pel uow is call - tag come, 
prayi 




ggP^ 



No. 41 



Hasten to the Rescue 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Laving Grace" W. Lee Higgins 




1. Let us has - ten to the res - cue Of the lives in dan-ger sore, 

2. Let us has - ten to the res - cue, Man - y souls are drift-tag fast, 

3. There are man - y lives in dan-ger On the waves of sin and woe, 

4. Let us has - ten to the res - cue Ere the floods of sin have sway, 

-^ r .*- - f t h > 

! fcr — hs— -hr-r-ts— 4: 



tz 



z=b=iD= F— F = : Lr-b=E:_b_CL_g-Ei 



: F 




ss^^ 




They are call - tag, call - tag, has • 
In the stream of shame and e - 
Wait-tag for the hand «f res - 
Leave your life of ease and safe 



£2: 



gfc 



£ — ** r ^. . — F •>= *.- 

g— gj g-? bl»— I g 



E" — p — <4 



J. 



ten 
vil, 

cue, 
ty, 



J=t 



Ere their chance of help is o'er. 

To be lost in sin at last. 

Who will vol - un - teer to go. 

Res - cue some poor soul to - day. 



r £ 



-K— L 



r F 



PpB 



Chorus 




* w w -5- v -3h ! , ^ 



Let us has - ten to the res 



cue, Man - y loved ones dai - ly sink, 



m^m 



r-^-r ± f-tr 



£= 



fc: 






:£=£: 






p 



life 



s 






-•i- — *- — -J — « 

-4±i — *i +i +t 



— i «- 



in 



Help to res - cue those in dark 




ness Ere they stum - ble o'er the brink. 
ftp- ^ r *>. g l fr«-fr 



u r p P j» 



No. 42 When the Lights are Low 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G.P. in "Living Grace" Luther G. Presley 







S3sg=£ 



r 

1. There's a wonder-ful sto - ry that thrills my soul Since the bless-ed Re- 

2. There is something most precious in ev - 'ry line, Of thewon-der-ful 
3.1 have read how the Sav - ior stood by the sea, Healed the sick and af- 



g - W -i NP 



.^iKa;-- 




deem-er has made me whole, Ev -'ry mo-ment with rap - ture my heart can 

sto - ry of love di - vine; I shall ev - er re - mem - ber His ag - o- 

flict - ed of Gal - i - lee; And His love has not fad - ed down thru the 



m 



-F — i — 1»— y— fc>— c — J — $— $— 0— p— tr-H- — F^-tr-k^^ 



IV^S£ 






sing, And rejoice in this sto-ry of Christ my King. 

ny; When the Savior was dy- ing on Cal - va - ry. 

years; This is why I can trust Him thru joy or tears. In the cool of the 



HBI— m-jk 1 1 — 



zipzfc: 



-t: 



la t=F z= P E =F 



W— y — »- L |-^ 



SI 



^mm. 



:^=3fcr.£ 



fca^S 



Cool of eve lights are low, Walk with Him, 

eve-ning when the lights are low I go walk-ing with Je - sus 



5E=fc 



k : k.- 1 



1 1- 



js a. 



l'.L> 



P^P 



-=*—*- 



=1 



=fe 



— »- 



^ 



loves me so; Joy it gives 

who loves me so; Sweetest comfort it gives me just to meet Him 

r> -a- -a- 



J=*-L£- 



I 1- 



P 



When the Lights are Low 



JM- 



ete£ 



I 



V~T 



g g g g% 



ff 5- : P.f- 



r- 

meet Him there Gar-den sweet of love and pray'r. 

there, In the beau-ti - ful gar-den of love and pray'r. 



-=l — =J- 



t 



s 



« 



No. 43 I'll Be Ready 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
T. L. C. in "Living Grace" T.L.Crenshaw 




1. When I reach the end of this bus - y life, 

2.0 how sweet to know at the close of day, I'll be read-y to go home; 

3. At my Sav-ior's side I shall find sweet rest, 

■^=4= 



,— £-TT_ tit*. *-£-& 



=^£ 



Jee|e 



* 



:F=t F 



I 




^^^^^ ^4 ^to =M 



To the land of bliss, where shall come no strife, 

When I've scattered sunshine up-on life's way, I '11 be read-y to go home, 
Dis - ap-point-ment gone, nothing to mo - lest, 
------ ' -a- ^ 



- |~ 7— -\— -\— m m /m "Cl_"ClX^-"Lr 



-y— 



3? 



t4— & 



: F^ 



e 




, Chorus 







S=S 



-m-m--<s 



-i*-»A 






£ 



I'll be read - - y, I'll be read 
read-y to go, 



y, I'll be read-y to go home; 
read-y to go, 







I'll be read - - y, I'll be read - - y, I'll be read-y to go home, 
read - y to go, read - y to go, 



: F=P 



No. 44 



Keep Your Glad Heart Singing 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Living Grace" V. O. Fosse tt 




■-&-U— 1 — -* — —I a 1 



i— fv 



ftd=i 



sn 



*l a ii — i — ■! — 



=±atfizM±4 



i-gzz^zgz=^g-^- ^ ^--^ 



1. Keep your glad heart singing as on you go, Wheth-er days are dark or 

2. Nev-er be discour-aged,what-e'er be- tide, Trust in God and nev - er 

3 . When your heart is lone-ly and things go wrong,Keep youjr courage shin- ing 



F— r: — rr— h — h — ^F F F— L * — I r- 



fcfefe: 



± 



Tlr-tr-i — tHr r r 



fefc 



s£ 



-=1 *- 



-JK-* 



3=1 



-^—^ — d — ^- 



-t j^*--3 



f~^"~T 



-at — 



fair, dark or fair, keep sing • ing; Keep the joy - bells ring - ing in 

fear, nev - er fear, keep trust - ing;Christ our. lov - ing Sav - ior is 

bright, shin-ing bright, keep sing - ing; Make the path -way ecu - o with 

J> J J. 



-q — *■ 



£=EE g=e=£=e=£zd 



s± 



e 



I 



fce^ 



tr 



A Aj*— Ai 1 ^ 



Chorus 



2^3 



^te 



^ w ■ ■ U Jc frtHr- 



■2- 



weal or woe, Help to ban-ish grief and care,ban-ish care. 
by your side, Bring-ing com-fort, hope and cheer,hope and cheer, 
joy - ful song, Press a - long and do the right, do the right. Sing 



g£ 



^t***R&L^y 



^ 



^ 



-U — U — U= 



rj^-1*- 4 



± 



U-JM^r-ft 



"i=it 



1 X' 



r> 



f* 



f 



3=2 



^ 



All day long, Siug-ing as the hap 

song, sing a song, all day long, 



-py 



^1. 



i 



*&= 



^tfcc=b=p 




^ 



Si 



^3 



i 



@E 



mo-ments fly; Far 

mo-ments fly; Scat • ter cheer, scat - ter cheer, 

Jjt+,f J, J: 



Itp: 



JV^ 



-*-.- 



Keep Your Glad Heart Singing 

^-J— J ft-r— ft h ft— ft— J- 



$ 



^*W 



I 



3E3 



-mi — * — mt 1 =1 £3 mr 



near, Bet - ter days are com-ing by and by. 

far and near, by and by. 




No. 45 Ev'ry Sunlit Day and Ev'ry Moonlit Night 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Living Grace" W. Lee Higgins 

±T— ft- 




ifetefe 



1. When I am lone and sad and skies are dark and drear, My Savior makes me 

2. When dreary grows the road and faith has lost its song, He helps to bear my 

3. Wher-ev - er I may go thru this dark vale of sin, In days of weal or 



mm 



^4- 



* 



E=t 



W 



m 



Hj h kr- 



-P=P 



P=P 



rFF 



t 



y y y 






glad and fills my heart with cheer;0'er ev'ry rug-ged way He sends His truth and 
load and makes me brave and strong;My footsteps cannot stray , He is my soul's de- 
woe His love shines bright within; He keeps the golden ray for - ev - er shin-ing 



h. ft 



mi-r- m . • m . m . 



--T ml ' m. . ; A =- . — ■ hbmj 1-1—4 1 mi- r m . ' m . J k . m 

£-•> — r*- — m-i-m-m— m— l k- tkt- ^c— zl — aJ— a d . ■ -hr— B— h— h — 



prTTlnr^ 



ai a t z^ a 1- ^ 



«*= 




D.3. — He is my strength and stay , and guides my steps a- 

k Fine Chorus 

ft- 



Ptt * f ~r— Jrfa^-Rrivtr^ 






light, 

light.On ev -'ry sun - lit day and ev-'ry moon-lit night. On ev-'ry sun -lit 

bright, 

cut 



right, Thru ev'ry sun - lit 
ft 



and ev-'ry moon-lit night. 



^bte^#PPNg^irJ 



day and ev-'ry moonlit night He comes to chase a-way the ter-rors that affright; 

P -i#» -♦- T*- -* 







No. 46 



We're Coming Home 



Written while in New Guinea 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. ' 
I A. M. B. & B. Parnell in "Living Grace" Arvin M. Burrow 

45— *-*- 



1. When we've filled our mission here, and homeward we shall go, Free-dom ring-ing 

2. Christ our Lord has giv - en hope on man- y cheer-less days, Trust -ing Him to 

3. On some wondrous hap-py day from sor-row we'll be free, We shall live while 

A —A— -A, ■ A -.*._ .. A . . ■ A- ■ A.. A. ■ A 

^4^l== [==[= "— F— ^— ^— ' 






E=feS= 



U~ P" 



■u-i- 



SE 



ev -'ry-where,our hearts will o-ver-flow; Crowns of vic-t'ry we shall wear where 
guide us thru, we'll give to God the praise; We shall win the vie - to - ry and 
a - ges roll be - yond the crys-tal sea; With our friends and loved ones dear in 







M 



Fine 






- u r 5 n 



tilt 



b 



trou-bles nev-er come, 

cross the dashing f oam ,0 praise the Lordl we shall soon be com-ing home. 

sin no more to roam, 



*=»S: 




^11 



J IT"' :' -U 

We're com - ing home, com-ing home; 

We'll come back home, com-ing home to things we love; 

-a-_-a- -a- -a- «____ h Pj Tn 




1 



1 



^=^: 



^|=a- 



-q — =1 — » 



We're trust - ing Christ, 



nr 



v — • 



Lord a - bove; 
We trust the Lord, He is watch-ing from a - bove; 



We're Coming Home 




When work 



is done, cross the foam, 

When work is done, we shall sail a - cross the foam, 

-a- -a- -a- -a- «, r> _p> h 



S 



*— i*— u— 3— -,*— * — = A |S 



a 



No. 47 



Hear the Savior's Voice 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
R. E. R. in "Living Grace" Rev. Renus E. Rich v 



=F 



=F 



:^#^- 






*=£- 



fc£ 



g — ad— arh aJ-^ac— ad— aJ— g 



if 



1. dear sin - ner friend, do not trav-el on Down the lonesome road of sin; 

2. Look up -on Him there, dy - ing all a-lone,Pay-ing all our debt of sin; 

3. "Father, not my will, but Thine own be done," Hear the Savior gen-try say; 

jjggg gET 



:p: 









Lookto Je - sus now, He's your dear-est friend, He is call - ing you, Come in. 
He, the sin - less One, dy- ing for His own-He is call- ing you, Come in. 
Turn a -way from sin, yield to Him your life, He will take your guilt a- way. 

it ., r- . r-f , ,» nj . » T-'f iT r q r *r n 



,♦ > 



m 






:t 



v — b>- 



£=feg=£zz£: 



r 



1 — i- 



T~ 



T 



Chorus 



Come to me, come to-day, Hear the lov -ing Sav-ior's voice; 

Come to me, come to-day, gen-tle voice; 



§fe 



fc F- 



■K K 1* » != 



#=£ 



I F-FS- 



£=-£% ^z- 



EJ?e£ 



£==1 
E*3 



r— r 




frd^^=^=f 



-zsi— aJ aj « y h S— g — ad— g-F 3 : aHJ 

i I i ^ . U Jli 



r re * 



s 



From your sin turn a -way, And in par-don full re-joice 

From your sin turn a - way, re - joice 



£=F=£: 






I 



No. 48 



Wonderful Jesus 



To Miss Ruth Wright, Landis, N. C— C. W. 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. A. McKinney Cho. B. B. E. in "Living Grace" Clyde W: 



&? 



glpj^H^ ^ i ^^ri 



ste^s 



2=t*> 



1. What a won-der-ful Sav-ior ia Je - sus, What a won-der-ful 

2. It was love that caused Je-sus to suf - fer, It was grace from the 

3. Now thru grat - i - tude glad - ly I serve Him, He's the hght, He's the 



£ 



mpp 



-&- 



:t=: 



£ 



tte^zU=ii=i: 



H*im 



i — i — i— 

f=F=r : 



r 



^^^ s^ri - g^ ^i 



m 



S 



r 



-3ri — a* 



@^ 



Sav-ior is He, is HejGave His life to re - deem me from bond-age, 
Fa-ther a - bove, a-bove;No,one else could a -tone for my sin debt, 

door, and the way, the way;No one comes to the Fa - ther but by Him 



is 



=1 ^ 



£ 



£=£: 



^S 



S^E 






-y— y- 



P 



Chorus 



ad ad «fc- L =r = — >g— * ff l. - ^tv ' 



«v 



■*J — s !- 



§§§£ 



Paid the ran-som that I might be free, be free. 

No one else had such won-der - ful love, great love. 

He a - lone the great ran - som can pay, can pay. Wonderful 

u ' uk 



Je-sus 1 



£e£eE 



wr "p K 



-*— - 



i 



«r-=tr- 



^ 



i* 



siPfi 



•*i— afc 



=*5* 



5S 



fti 



*=S 



d=d=*: 



^Ff 



hear Him now 



pleading, 



M 



# 



Trust Him 
Bidding us trust Him and from 



* ■ - X - 



r=^=^ 



2^ 



t— r 



±=i 



r 






p 1r~Tr 

and from all sin be made free; Je-snsl 

sin be free; Won-der-ful 



safe - ly He's 



3&33E 



F 



£s 



f^H 21 



£=*: 




Wonderful Jesus 




"F 1 h 



M—*- 



lead-ing 



rrr ' r^rr 



i 



To the bright home wait-ing for you and me. 

Mansions wait-ing for you and for me. 



££ 






^£k 



FT 1 ^ 



^ 






i=t 



No. 49 It Seems Like Heaven is Near 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
F. R. in "Living Grace" Fred Rich 




P=3? 



■fr=? 



=-4=$$ 



m 



1. There is joy in my soul, I 

2. I was wand'ring in sin till 

3. I am trav-'ling the road to 

-i* h- 



am hap - py and whole, Since the 
the Sav - lor came in, Bring - ing 
the bliss - f ul a- bode, Where no 




- t— I — i. g U; -j 

: ^— - . *= — p == l E U 1 



4 ^ l > lu— l -=g=3 



— fc 



fc)- — Hfcc fcg 



tr-i — 1? 



^^^jjN=i 



&■ 



J J — **— - J- 



=J£ 



#±=3 






Sav - ior an-swered my pray'r; He has par-doned my sin, gave me 

to me free - dom from fear; Now my path -way is bright, all my 

pain or sor - rows ap - pear; With the Lord by my side, ill can 

■m- -m~ -P- -m- -m>- 

P h h h * T— 



-m- -m- -m- -*- •&-. 

-i 1 1 1 rh— ♦ 



m 



-V — rV 



i 



D.S.— I was wea - ry and sad, now in 
Fine Chorus 



£=fc 



I p I 

E5E3 



^-=P - i 



at=* 






— — i — i — ■ — ~, — ^ — 
^zz^-F3^ L^ |_ E 



sweet peace within, 

bur-dens are light, And it seems like heav-en is near. it seems like 

nev - er be - tide, 






«=* 



Je - sua I'm glad, 



DJS. 




heav-en is near, Since the Sav - ior freed me from fear; 

ver - y near, doubt and fear; 




No. 50 



Stand firm For the Right 



To my friend, Rev. B. B. Edmiaston 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
R. H. C. in "Living Grace" Rev. R. H. Cunningham 




i^mmmm^^ 



1. Be firm in your stand for the truth and the right, Tho dangers appear on yonr 

2. Let cour-age a - rise with each tri - al you meet, Be strong and face boldly the 

3. Stand firm for the blessed old doc-trines of grace, Trust not in tra-di-tions of 




way; Just look to the Sav-ior and wage a good fight, And He will be 
foe; For Sa-tan can nev - er your mes-sage de-feat, Stand firm-Iy wher- 
men; There's strife and con-fu-sion in most ev-'ry place, Stand firm and you 



'±j£ 



iff 



# 



* 



I^Ee 



-v— t* 







with you each day. Stand firm for the truth And the 

ev - er you go. 

sure - ly shall win. Broth-er stand firm, stand for the truth, 

-1°* — ■ — i-a — * — a — jk ^L—^—^k— 



^^^^^m 



£ 




& 



s^zfs 



tefe 



i 



£=q 



L4i _J = 



-|"— J— p— [J— ^— * 



*=fc 



-X--^"" 1 "^- -J- = 



right day by day, Tho heav - y the bur-dens you 

Stand for the truth and the right day by day, you're 



ig 



Bttra s^ 



vP t > d — m — ** — ■= — p= — n 

fr-fr I. \> B P* 



> l r 



f=e^ 



IS 



ff¥ 







s 



ite£ 






£^ 



ETC g C* 



HIT 



bear; The vie - - fry is sure At the 

called on to bear; Vic-t'ry is sure, vic-t'ry is sure, 

it £l£L3=!-/' 



HA A irk 



. , . Sf 7^- — » mr l — "■ "■» ■» — ■* 1 ™ ** ™ (■ 



=fe 



Stand Firm For the Rteht 






* * * * y y y 1 o [; ^ 

end of the way, Where cometh no sor-row or care. 

Vict'ry is sure at the end of the way, no sorrow or care. 




Efct^SS 



No. 51 



C. T. McC. 



PreaGh the Message 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 




in "Living Grace' 



C. T. McjCormack 



-*-« — m—'-m — m —m — "-—« — m— L * — * — •• — * — •— L < 

-♦- -♦<- -♦- -♦»- -♦'- ^ -9 7 -*>- ' 



1. Let us go preach the gos-pel to sin-ners lost, In the night they have 

2. Let us o - pen the eyes of the one that's blind To the dan - gers of 

3. Let us tell them of home far be - yond the sky, And that Christ ev - er 

IBS 







y 

wandered a - stray;Let us help them to Christ, counting not the cost,Lead them 
liv - ins in sin; Bear the mes-sage of light to the darkened mind, Go and 
shows us the way; He will gath-er His own in the by and by, To the 

U y i y y I y y « 



D.S* — Tell the sweet gos pel sto - ry to souls in sin, To the 



Fine Chorus 






r-£- 



-ft-£- 



y y -*r 

in - to light from sin's dark way. Preach the message 

to the Sav-ior bring them iu. 

glo - ry land of per - feet day. ev-'ry- where, 



of sal- 



=E^Ejs=£=Ey=ti=y— y=EEfcztcd 






t 



T~^ 



lov - ing Sav - ior bring them in. 
IS 




rrtrr 



va-tion, 'Tis the Lord's blest command, hear His call; 

full sal-va-tion, ur - gent call; 



No. 52 



Walking With Jesus 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
G. C. C. in "Living Grace" Geo. C. Cbeairs 




1. Won- der - ful joy and gladness I find, since I left world-Iy pleasure be-hind, 

2. Light -er my sor-rows,gone is my fear, safe-ty I have when He is so near, 

3. Heav-en's de-light-ful blessings will flow,giv-ing me strength as onward I go, 




-jH— ^— w w "■ « «i 
Praising His name in har-mo-ny sweet, read-y His com-ing crowning to meet, 
Joy - f nl - ly prais - es to Him I sing,hum-bly my ser - vice nn - to Him bring, 
Faith is re- veal-ing vi-sions of home, to its bright portals soon I shall come, 






D.S.— Spreading the gos-pel mes-sage of love, I shall go on to heav-en a-bove, 

r» fs k h k Fine 



dt= c — ,R J J-J-f _f .P J\ i . -° ri 



Walk-ing with Je-sus, 



Walk-ing with Je - sus ev - er - y day. 



jjEL^tLjlM p 



A m- 



- r Jr 



^ Snt r g^ 



#=0=U 



I 



^ 



Chorus 



yA &. y ^ 



Walking with Je-sus, talking with Je-sus, 



' 4fj* 



^^^ 



Glad-ly I sing the vie - to - ry song; 



ffit 




■%-yr^- w 



Walking With Jesus 



D.S. 



W ~W~ 



A* 



S2z 



i 



1 



P 



i=t 



^ 



^— ^-«-P 



Shout-ing His glo - ry, tell-ing 



the 



sto - ry 



1 >>^i 
All the day long; 



V- 



U U 



£5 



3^= 



-A 

ztzbj 



iw =- 

-* — p- 



m 



irr 



No. 53 



Star of Hope 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. Graydon Hall in "Living Grace" J. O. Townsend 






f^ 



\^&_ W r*- 



ad _ ^.-^ zzag: 



1. There '8 a star of hope that shines its light, To drive a - way my doubts and fears; 

2. When my Sav-ior.came in - to uiy heart, He bro't the star that cheers me on; 
3.1 will on the star of hope de-pend, My faith will give me courage strong, 

j-A— yt— U^Pia— Vk— vk— X^P£ — S— A— i I r — f— — I — r 1 ■ — ^— F ! 

1 1 -1 f. 1=t==t=SE^±ff=ff±5 , -EEEEtb: 



^4=^=^ 



i — t y— £— t>— v- 






:— *t 



I thru faith can see it shin-ing bright, Al-tho sometimes I look thru tears. 

TrnBt-ing in His love, I made the start, Then my de-spair I found was gone. 

Till in joy - fill truth my faith shall end, And I am one of heaven's throng. 

. ^ ■*- -^- -*- ^ -<*- h-w 

^^ — ♦ ; f ^ , h — i 1 (♦— r>* — * — i — M>-- 



»•)» » 



mm 




Chorus 



JUL 



a 



■6jL 



m 



*— - 



r2=:f£ 



-•-ta 



m^m±. 



«e_ L ■ ?J 



a~ ; 



Star of hope, keep shining bright, Nev-er from my vi-sion fade; 

Star of hope, keep shin-iug bright, Nev-er from my vi-sion fade; 




>-jy"%E jM?j 









afe!?zt 



-gi-aJ7^d- 



A ^g r 



Guide my feet in ways of right, Keep me true and un- a - fraid. 

Guide my feet in ways of right, Keep me true 




EfcTfrr liTTi 



H 



No. 54 Jesus is Leading 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. H. „ in "Living Grace" Lillian Howell 

fV-P- . N ft b ■ rV 




E^E^fe 






i-at^zat 



4 



3£ 



1. What a glad tho't as oh-ward we go, e - ven when cares are bending us low, 

2. Pleasures of earth will fade from our view when we ascend the heav-en - ly blue, 

3. When this life's toils and labors are o'er, we shall go home on heaven's glad shore, 



5r3u!=jti^&- r -k— it— £-iHfc-& 



fe^ pgm 



i 



i a .:> AiUEA a 



FFH* 






1 



trrWt 



^ 



^ Je-sus is lead-ing all of the way; 
Je-sus is lead-ing yes, all of the way; 






-H-7 ^— ^-=k=s^g=g 



£ 



1 



«•• 



fe* 



ty- T h ft 



VTnaail *JzliJ=zai [ a[— g^^iyfjiigrgzidzatd! 



He is the friend in whom we con-fide, when from the world our burdens we hide, 
It will be joy to look on His face with the redeemed of ev - er - y race, 
Let us give praise to Christ our best friend, serving Him gladly un - to the end, 



i 



lEi£3^EEE*^3EE^EEiEiEE^Z|E^fe=t 



nn 



D.S.— This is the song I'm hap-py to sing,trav'ling t'ward heaven, with the great King, 

Fine 



SE3 



zfciv 



I 



£=*- 



£=J=S 



*i— a!— atz ^~ 



f 



*=s±* 



Je-sus is lead-ing all of the way. 
Je - bus is lead-ing yes, all of the way. 



^ 



t^ 



^ 



aSS 



"T* 



* 



Chorus 



fc* 



S^ 



^^^W^fff 



Je-sus is lead-ing, 
Je-sus is lead-ing, lead-ing from earth to heav-en a-bove, 



^^^M^mmm 



fTf 



m 



Jesus is Leading 

|V£-JUJl- 



D.S. 



m 



S^3=*JS== 



- ac— ad— ad — a* 



ah-aa -Tari-h, 



Je-sus is lead-ing...* 



Je - bus is lead-ing homeward by love; 



n^r 



His won-der-ful love; 






No. 55 

H. D. L. 




You Need the Love of Jesus 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" Harry Dixon Loes 

& 



£=P=$==5==£ 









=^-3-^4 



r^F^l 



zt 



£=*: 



(-! _ 



:5nfc 



P 



-*— *- 



■*-.-m 



1. Come, ye who are look-ing for some-one To ban-ish your heartache and woe; 

2. No soul can be hap-py with-out Him,Tho much of earth's wealth it may hold; 

3. The voic-es of sin will mis-lead you, And leave you in grief and dis - may; 

fV-£- ! ~ ' 



i— — ) L ^_i — fe. te-_ r 1 — i 1 1 1 






J 1 1 h r- — I 1 |fc - s — P* — P*- H 1 — I 1 1 1 >— -: 



n 




Pfe tefi 



SS^ 



■ — aj — ~ 1 M — i iJ 



333 



F* 






T* 



-* J 5 



The friend who can help you is Je 
Far bet-ter than all is the Sav 
But all that is price -less and pre ■ 
p> ft k h 



■ sus, His love will the bless-ing be - stow. 
- ior, His love is more precious than gold, 
cious You'll find is in Je - sus to - day. 




You need the love of Je 

is 



sus 



To fill your heart with joy, 




No. 56 



Salvation's Wells 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
G. T. Speer & L. L. E. in "Living Grace" L. L, Eads 




it^n^iiip 



*, 



1. Out in the low lands of sin life I wandered a-way,Biit now I've 

2. Wonder-ful joy of sal-va-tion is flow-ing so free, It floods my 

3. Won't you ac-cept Christ the Sav-ior and drink from these wells, And thirst nc 



ES 



:t: 



t 



ff^TrTl, T •'' 



^-m 



-tE <^- 



-*— «- 







left the lone - ly dells; Je - sus my Sav-ior is with me 

soul from day to day; Giv-ing as - sur-ance of glad-ness 

more for joys untold? •. . . Then they will flow like a riv^- er, 

s — — J * i z* 




and leads me each day, I'm drinking from .sal - va-tion's wells 

and heav-en to me, And driv-ing doubt and fear a - way 

a rues-sage to tell, Sal -va-tion's theme in love un-fold 

-l 1 — r— 



j-s r~^ — =■* ™« — at 



1 X 



5£*W=£E*=* 



:p=P= 



£ 



F* 



Chorus 



=1 £- 



D.S.— I'll drink and live e - ter - nal - ly 

, — — « — 



3=^ 



# 



*£&^ 



£ 






With joy I'm drink iug from the wells, 

With joy I'm drink . - ing from the wells, 



sac 









*=£ife 



in-Ji 




§^ 



Sal - va - tion's wells that flow so free; 

Sal - va-tion's wells that flow so free: 

^^f^ lfc_fc -" -" trf J ^ 



■3-y- 



4=-t=: 



£ 






m 



m 



Salvation's Wells 



&Ll« : 



^M^ 



D.S. 

P P P P 



i!S 



i 



fF-fr 



r i* . h» h 



m» 



it 



O praise the Lord, I thirst no more, 

praise the Lord, I thi rst n o more, 




No. 57 



Jesus is the Way 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. O. F. in "Living Grace" Mrs. Omah Floyd 




♦ — — — * — ♦l- L r f-i^i 



1. I have heard Christ say , I'm the Truth, the Way, Trusting Him, I'll walk there-in; 

2. Come and en - ter in, He will save from sin, He will cleanse your life to-day; 

3. As you on -ward go, Christ to oth-ers show, Oft -en to Him hum -bly pray; 

-Jk- -A- -A- -J*- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 




He has made me free, true to Him I'll be, He's the ran-som for my sin. 
Leave the road you've trod, put your trust in God, Je-sus is the on- lyway. 
Pressing straight a-head, by His love be led, Je-sus is the on - lyway. 




I will live ev-'ry day For the One who makes me free; 

I will live ev - 'ry day 



fe te „ f r=^=^===FL— fc= fc^=E=^t== L_g_Lg..- i 



^ 




^gi§ 



= 3fe 



1 



He's the Way, on-ly way, Way of life and lib- er - ty. 

He's the Way, on - ly way, 






No. 58 



Glouds Will Never Gome 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
R. L. S. in "Living Grace" Rev. R. L. Stanley 






m 



=£==£=£ 



^i^l^r^E^^rt^S^^^^ 



1. There's a land of glo - ry bright be-yond the mys - tic sea, Friends are 

2. Soon I'll cross the riv - er to the bright and shining throng, Where sweet 




-■M 



m§3g& 



sPI 



fa E n 



-=■* — J— =^— &— =>^ — =»*- 



r- 



rr 






t=m 



: ^b3 I 



waiting for methereonhigh,they'rawaiting;Seems I hear their lov-ing voic-es 
peace and joy shall never die, no , never; 'Bound the throne of Christ the Lord they 



■W~W— -m--m-1 m- t a -m_ -«*- -m 



:t=t 



f*frPi 



£fe 



m 



We: 






Mrfn* 



m 



U [> i> tr-fr 1 



£S^ 



u u 



U I I 




SSS; 




gen-tly call-ing me, I shall go and join them by and by. 

sing the vic-t'ry song, in the by and by. 






^ 



£ 



:0k=P 



:p=tE 



£ f#S 



S 



*& 



Chorus 



-X2 



^=£^1 



-J — J-a 



ig^ 



g fr fr LT-g^-^" 



r^^r-^ rrm^ 



In the laud of end - less day, No clouds 

In the glo-ry land the land of end - less day, No clouds to dim the sky 

A M J ft^L- z~l "^"W" WW W P > 



frz=g=f _f-g_l». 



>■— tA— bfc-HA— kit— ' A A — F I- 



g^EE^ 



• V y P - 



^ 



2±£=s5=i=: 



** 



J, 



J* 



uH TlTT^ 






will ev - er come; From this world we'll 

will ev - er come.no clouds will come; From the sor-rows of this world we'll 



tf-f-tr 



f* * J> _j*f t f i» 1 1 fo 

£t A-£ k* kfc kit 1* kit k*— F 



£= 



Uk — kfc— >▲ — kfc — Lfc — ia — m. 



^m 



Clouds Will Never Gome 



S 



y 



=5t 



V- I „' «f " 






"f^r" FT Fg 



m^> 



pass a - way, And dwell in peace at home. 

pass a - way, And dwell with Christ the Lord in peace at home, our heav'nly home. 

ft i ft 



ftrrc w , ^ v m-m-w-w—m—' i --\-—m- 



ii-Jiii^J 



t^ 



i 



No. 59 Some Day I'm Goin£ Over Jordan 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. D. H. in "Living Grace" W. D. Hopper 




3Ei 



:F=fi -IM*-E 



*~^-~~~*" 



s 



^-: 



■*- -*- -=■*• 



> ^ 



1. Someday I'm go- ing o - ver Jor-dan, to stay, yes, Some day I'm go - ing 

2. When this old world with fear is rock-ing, in shame, yes, When time shall he no 




F-»— i — p — km — 70 — -* — w — » — ■ — *■ — ' — i — « ■ — * 

y | lm ** -$- -5r -%ir -^- -«-- -#■ F p F 



. home; Someday I know I'll see my Sav-ior, and King, there 

more; How sweet will be the glad re - un - ion, up there, on 



£ 



m m — ^T 



^ 



3t=2* 



=]■ 



-q 



: ^- 



3=q 



* 



-H 1 1 |» f * 



^F 



Fine Chorus 



D.S,— for * 

fi- fl ft Irv 1 



J R H 1 r-i 1 — = = — } l-i R l/^V I 

" — J - — « 1 1—— l-Ti- h; — -^ » — P— P — « — -J 1—*- 1 - — m 



Where I shall nev-er roam Some day I'm going o-ver Jordan, 

Heav-en's fair golden shore to stay , yes, 



<p t-S-» =» 



a r..r-T 



— if - > £ ■ 



£ 



S 



trr i, i , i 



£=£ 



>--K 



•A-^ 



t=fe 



y v r 



I'll soon be go-inghome. 




4— n 



D.S. 



— J-S- —i 1 1 — «— «— m 1- — b — "f^^ — •— H 

a r Lj!LJ ^ f 3 ^ -^^-p-p-p 13 - 1 



Some day I'll cross the foam; I'll not be staying here much longer, 

mysticfoam; I know, 

-F- *»- ^ --m- p^ \,f ^ p f* ft r* 



No. 60 



I See a Rainbow 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G. P. in "Living Grace" Luther G. Presley 






=tt 



-^ — ^ — t3 — w 







1. This war our sky has o - ver-cast,but peace will sure - ly come at last, 

2. Thru tri - als great our path has led, but vie - to - ry is just a -head, 

3. We still must bear the light of love and keep our eyes on things a -bove, 



t=tz=tz=t=P=?c 



fc^ezzjc 



m 



F=b=FttFf=^&=* 




-£- 



£=£ 



-*. 



-i — *. 



— ~\ — \-~ \ 






rrryr 



» 



See a rain-bow in the clouds; 
I see a rain - bow • the rift-ing cloudB; 

* . JJLJ1 



-3— £- 




-f— b- 



-i — 5 - 



y- 



'tr-u 



»-bh— f — 1»— j»— fr— H 



y y 






Tho tossed up-on themight-y deep, our trust is in the Lord to keep, 
The God who sits up - on His throne will sure - ly lead His chil-dren on, 
The Rock of A - ges 'mid the waves, hal - le - lu - jah how it saves, 



D.Sw— Je - ho - vah is the same we know as in the days of long a - go, 



*=*3=4 



l#=M 



■al-i 



*=»: 



d: 



3 



Fin© 



I see a rain - bow in tha clouds. 

shin - ing rain - bow shin-ing in the clouds. 

JU^^_i ^-J-JJLT-^J f r> 



: B^3C 



^ 



**¥ 



fc 



& 



F 



#5 



Chorus 



Pi^#p] 



Efr ^— * : 






See a rain-bow bright shin-ing thru the night, 

I see a rain - bow a - bove me shin - ing, 



-3— £ 



u V 



* — ^ — ™— £- 



a * h J J V-J1 



I 



I See a Rainbow 



D.S. 



■ft " 1 | 



to^ ' -«M ==: 



£H^g 



•a* 

Peace at last 
Sweet peace is dawn-ing 



5 



-fi-^-^t 



a at 



§ 



is dawn-ing and we are so proud; 

and we're proud; 



§i3£ 



& 






11 



y 
No. 61 Holy Easter 

Copyright, 1945^, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. E. in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 






1. Ho - ly Eas-ter, biess - ed day , When the stone was rolled a - way, When the 

2. GoneO death, is now the sting, Vic - to - ry God's children sing; Je - bus 

3. Christ the King of glo - ry lives, And the blest as-sur-ance gives That His 



Chorus 

_a !__, — | — l—I- ___. — ft — r — _£ — ^_| 1 



y y -«-• y y 

Christ in pow'ra-rose, Vic-tor o - ver all His foes. Ho- ly Eas - 
con-quered all our foes, When in tri-amph He a-rose. 
own shall nev-er die, But shall reign with Him on high. Ho - ly , ho - ly 



ter, 
Eas-ter, 




^M 



ho - ly Eas - ter. When the Christ in pow'r a - rose; 
ho - ly, ho - ly Eas-ter, 

-*- -F- -F- -+- -m- -»- •»- rtfc. ' . «. w. I f^'PJ -*- 



Tell the 
Tell the 



^— y — y 



?sc 



F^E 



S 



±=d 



-I- 



=£ 



^^€5 



"2=*- 



+!■ 



y y l i y y y I I y y -«-• 

sto - ry, swell the glo - ry, He's the vie - tor o'er our foes, 
blessed sto - ry, swell the Savior's glo -ry, 



SHI 






1= 






y fc= — kc — Nc — ks — kK — ike — p • F — F- — p — t— 

^ % b r i y y H^- y rr^ 



i 



1 



No. 62 



S. L. W. 



There is a Way 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 




ife 



in "Living Grace" 



S. L. Wallace 



m 



Wt 



^ — £ : 



"~mrr" 



est 



■jtStL 



1. There is a way, a nar - row way, That leads ub 

2. Such won-drous love on Cal - va - ry, . . . That Je - bos 

3. While trav'ling on the old-cross road, We'll try to 

A . A -m '< + 



24: 



A: 



-3 — *- 



■=M= 



-i»-P-*- 



i — j — i — t- 
y y y y 



— Mb-h^— ^-ia- 



t* 







^=^f- 



.^=3= 






to life's end-less day, If we would gain . 

died for you and me His pre-cious blood. 

lift some trav'ler's load, And when our work. 



ZZIZ 




DyffEfi? 



^ 



that blest a-bode , We must not take the oth - er road . 

has reached my soul, The old-cross way has made me whole 

on earth is o'er We then shall meet on heav-en's shore 



=i— «- 



UK 



-i^_w-y-y-h 



£ 



3=c 



■h^4 



y- y— y- 



i^^ 



Chorus 



fcp 



D.S. — That we from sin. 

s p r> ft 



.might be made free. 



^=^: 



1 



-3- 



s — *- 



^ 



j* — g- 



*— J-J : 



There is a way, just on - ly one, 

There is a way, just on - ly one, 

1 * 






X-&Jl£J^lx 



>" U H U r- 



t± 



?=B^ 



£ 



■^ J p h p 



tpt 



* ■ 



:dt: 



P B i h h — ft— ^ 



3 ■ 3 J^r5~1^ 



s£ 



F 



-3 — *- 



And that is thru God's on - ly Son; 
And that is thru God's on • ly Son; 



£ 



^_ =H* = ^~N^- = f^ 



y y 



There is a Way 






D.S. 



=£ 



=1 — m a! a ' a I- 



:*^k 



■J J J 7 



?■ 






He shed His blood 



He shed His bood 



for you and me, 



—IT 
for you and me, 



I 



:£_£_±_£= 



m 



m**=*- 



-m- — F- 



-£=& 



V \) \) \) 

No. 63 When I Said Yes, Jesus Game in 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



in "Living Grace" 



~=F — i j — ^ 1 — | 1 Ji — *, — aj — ^ — &. P m — ^■ 



-4-^ * * =&$ 



T=^- 



&- 



Eugene Wright 



1 - [ ■ 



* 5#- 



1. Once 1 was blind to the right way of life, Dai - ly I groped where 

2. Com-fort I sought in the sin - ful a - bode,Noth-ing had they to 

3. - pen your heart to the Sav-ior to - day, Bid Him to be your 



A— A- 



j->4-r=4 



£z£=£: 



:t: 



V 



£=& 



J 



-F — » 



m^M- 



£= 



£ 



£3 



-£- 



jz^^pfal 



W^^i 



SgES 






=1: 



dark-ness was rife, But when my Lord bade me turn from all strife, 
bright-en the road, On - ly one friend e'er could light-en my load, 
com-fort and stay, He is the One who can keep you al - way, 



m±E2EZEk 



- m f™ f& 1"!— 1* ( 1— 1" 

Z F=F t f— i — tr-F — *— 

J is i N Fine Choru 

TtrcT F ^~iircr F s = r : 



fe 



=«= 



:5=i 



1 



•8: 



£ 



±^ 






-«-«-*fli 



y i y 



When I said yes, Jesus came in. Jesus came in, 

quickly When I said yes, 

* m m ^ ■T~ I 



±ct 



S&C: 



52 



f^f 






D.S. 




Gave me sweet peace, saved me from sin, Fish-er of men, 



Now I can be 



&^=^=e 




- u 1 Ei >J* 



No. 64 



I Shall Rest by the River 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co, 
Rev. Rupert Cravens in "Living Grace" G. T. Speer 

* * — £ 1 & — -r- A m A m- 




— s — h-r-ft — P — ft — P — I ft — p 



« 



1. I am mov-ing day by day to a ci - ty o'er the way, I shall 

2. Fragrant flow - ers I shall see, sweet-ly blooming there forme, 

3. Those I've known in years gone by will be wait-ing there on high, 

4. Best of all, the Lord I'll see, His"well done" will welcon^ me, 



m 



*Hf 



:£=fcz£— £ 



-1=-t-- 



■9^*- 



m 






b£=fr=|E=fc 



m 



V if V V 



&=* 



ft — ft- 



-ft— £ — ft— P- 






IKS 



— i 

Ui — a 



q=* 



rest by the riv - er by and by; 



Soon I'll lay my la-bors 
'Neath the tree of life I'll 
what glory it will 
by and by; "En-ter in," I'll hear Him 



; ,_ f .T"-1 ~ : t 1~ tr f t ^ i«Ve-w- r ,. >. . ». 







■fi-i- 



down and re-ceive a gold-en crown, I shall rest by the riv - er by and 
rest, 'midst the singing of the blest, I shall . 
be, their dear fac-es there to see, When I 
say, "comewithmefor-e'erto stay," I shall 



Hy-g 



t 



s jS__|i 



et — p — i~ — r 



n r 



y y y 



*=£ 



:t=l= 



c 



£=q 



Ee|= 



g=F tt =^H = ^^ 



Chorus 






-I -I rv™— « 



Et=£2 



^£>— y^ — ™— 



^W^^^^^WF** 



v 



f 5 u 

by. I shall rest by the riv-er, Where the 

by and by. I shall rest by the riv-er, 



I --— - f 1 luTTTi b ITS y - F u U =3 







in* 

wa-ters of life go rip-pling by; 
rip 



rip-pling by; death onr 

-a- -a- I--— *■ — -sj -a- r» ^ 

: i g g • g "r -'^^-^-r^ Fm£-^tP ^•^T t "- t" ^ """ i 



'Twill be joy there for-ev-er, 

death onr 



I Shall Rest by the River 




^^ 



friends cannot ser-er, 

J /-JUJY.. 



I shall rest by the riv-er by and by. 



km$ 



jg-g- flK f — f b^.J JJ 



by and by. 



S 



js3s=s=:t=t 



si 



^ZtE 



No. 65 



-7— y- 

Jesus Will Gare for Me 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. E. H. in "Living Grace" Walter E. Howell 



m^^mm^ 



mn 



1. Tho in this world of trou-ble and woe I must a wan-d'rer 

2. Tho I a crown of sor-row must wear, Sail - ing up - on life's 

3. Tho I should be for - got - ten of men, When from this world I 



g EEz3 a i r 



[= 1 g a r^ p 



to£ 



^N^ 



S ! 



be, ev - er be; 
sea, storm -y sea; 
flee, quick - ly flee; 



=£=**= 



■?= 1— b <B! — hi m J 

tfJ — *— jp— cae ^- " " jg .— 
If to my Lord I'm faith - ful, I know, 

If I my cross in meek-ness will bear, 

If I to God re - pent of my sin, 

JtJ E-J-* ,rr- . J 

_, , m 1 1 I I I =3— 



§S 



I 



■»*:— he feK ^4 



S 



J*=i 



*+. 



k& 



H^Sf 



iaz 



ist 



UeH 



Hi 



Fine Chorus 



^=1 



I 



i« 



Je-sus will care for me. 

yes, He'll care for me. Je-sus will care for me, this I know, 





^3=jgfe 



F^f 



From bondage I'll be free, 

tru - ly free, Sor-row may be my lot as I go, 



^^m 



^ fi r n rr- ^ ^^ i 



tz^ 



No. 66 



III Gladly Hy Away 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
T. J. F. in "Living Grace" Thos. J. Farris 




1. I love my bless - ed Sav - ior, from sin He set me free, A 

2. I'm glad the Sav - ior found me when I was lost in sin, And 
3.1 find the sweet -est pleas-ure in serv - ing Christ my King, That's 







£-- 



£ 



£ifc 



mm^^m^^^ 



y £> u 

home that's free from sor-row He's building now for me; Some day He'll call His 
taught me how to trust Him, the bet-ter life be-gin; I want to jour-ney 
why I tell love's sto-ry, and prais-es to Him sing; From ev -'ry cross He'll 



fc£&£Efe^« 







£ 




zft=f*— f— ft 



^=6=zj=; 



fc^zt^Z=^==!-ZZZZe=i3irz2ll^ZZ|? 
/«" -m- -m- -m- -m- -*-. y y 



chil - dren to come and with Him stay, Then shouting hal - le - lu - jah, I'll 
with Him and serve Him ev - 'ry day, And when I hear His sum-mons,I'U 
free me when comes the crowning day, I'll work till He shall call me, then 




Chorus 




^ 



*> ^ — & 



^M=^ 



s=::*i=2=«i 



- ly fly a -way. Yes, shouting hal - le - lu - jah, I'll glad -ly fly a- 




± 






fi — fi—n 



*t 



=3— *- 



:5=*: 



*=3=j= 



way, When the night of sor - row is turned to gold • en day; 

to Je - sus; 



I'll Gladly Fly Away 




£ 






■r-g 



FR 



^tn 



S== 



tr-tr 



£=£=^ 



for - ev 



When the Lord shall call me to dwell with Him for aye, 




glo - ry, 



Shout-ing hal - le 



MX 2 4 4-£. 

lu - jah, I'll glad - ly fly a - way. 



he he C 1 F kt*r-T-P F kc Ikr 



a 



B 



i^zj?— *-£ 



r=g 



£eE 



: P? 



9 b 



ISo. 67 



Give Me Jesus 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
C. A. L. in "Living Grace" C. A. Luttrell 




-^-^r-*- 1 -^ 



« 



£=t 



=t 



5£ 



"^— ^--J-T-^r 



-tr 



--^ 



1. Give me Je - sus, on - ly Je - sus, As I walk this lone-some vale; 

2. Give me Je - sus, on - ly Je - sus, When the tide is roll - ing high; 

3. Give me Je - sus, on - ly Je- sus, When I reach de - clin - ing years; 



J, J .-.llJil. ■■"' 



J. J A , iL.- 



P^# 



^4^^=^ 



tri — r 



£ 



S^ 



f^ 




e- 



i 



Fine 



EiE5E 



= P 



IW=S 



7^^ 



~^*-. -V- 



3= 



*^=tS 



^3= 



Some may leave me, oth - ers grieve me, But my Lord will nev - er fail. 
Waves of sad - ness turn to glad-ness, When the bless - ed Christ is nigh. 
He will hold me, love en-fold me, He will wipe a - way my tears. 



H 1 W- 1 Ite . fc= 1 



■m- — ■ — m — i 1 1 ^ 

.1 _ 1 — . 1 1 3B * 1 1 



« 



3 

A • , 1 



■r 

Storms may sweep me, still He'll keep me 'Neath the shel-ter of His wing. 
Chorus 



D.Sw— 



& 



j — n-\- 



-ft — i- 



ppi 



*= !5z 



g ^— -^ 



33 



=t- *t 



fc*— r 



• * u p b 

Give me Je - sus, on - ly Je - sus, Of His love and grace I'll sing; 




( P>_J J -ft-; fc g -K 




No. 68 



111 Rise and Shout Hallelujah 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" J. All ton Grisham 

J. A. G. & L. B. C. & Lonnie B. Combs 






1. Oo that great res - ur - rec - tion.when 1 bear the trump-et sound, 

2. 1 shall rise in the morn-rag, all the saints I shall be - hold, 

3. What a great ju - bi - la - tion,there'll be shout-ing ev - 'ry where, 

e £ r ig-=g =r r "T r r i t' t -f-^-- 




m 



5 w '^ p 5 



j^^^^N N^W: 1 1 1 g 



No more sin, pain nor sor - row, there'll be glo - ry all a-round; 
Shoot and sing there for - ev - er, walk a - long the streets of gold; 
I shall rise high to meet them and the glo - ry -I shall snare; 



§ S>-P- lkE|g 



t 



fe 



4& 



m=m-^ 



¥ 



+*b\> l> 



— ■ g b *■ »■•— g — - 3 j . ^ i ^ jg a — g — "g ; ^ i -■ « ^ ■■ -^ — 4 



We shall live there to - geth - er, where the soul shall nev - er die, 
Ev - er - more we'll be hap - py, nev - er more to weep or sigh, 
Praise the Lord, hal - le - lu - jah, what a meet - ing in the sky, 



£^£ 



£ 



m 



m^W=f ^fffvm 



m 



&$=i£b??=F£ 



£ 



±=± 



i 



Chorus 



mm 



I 



$=£ 



D S h-C^ ?Z2 



I shall rise hal - le - lu - jah, in the by and by. 

- A- -A- -A- -A-' - m- - A- -A - 



pgpESEj 



m 



I'll rise and 



y == ^ r — E 






F r P=« : 



i* 



£=* 




=£ 



■T n r p 



36 



3i?^j^ 



-g — 1 — afe 



shout bal - le - hi - jah, to the niorn-ing, 



In the morn-ing, Eise np 



Si 



=tPHC 



jL* A. A. A. 



strtrre 



rt% 



35 



ii 



■p — i 

P 



I'll Rise and Shout Hallelujah 



m&jmmgm 



% 



MjSt 



* wn s Kr= : 



high to meet my Lord in the sky; 



*t 



U * - * 

A robe and crown all the saints shall be a- 



--U U U — U— 



^^ 



w i y- 



*ni> b g=6 ^~ tr ~P=?5pg 



zE L-TOU-J n 






dorn-ing, 



Be a-dprn-ing, I shall rise hal - le - In • jah, in the by and by. 




No. 69 



You'll (Seed the Lord 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps -Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
O. S. D. in* "Living Grace" O.S.Davis 



:± 



"A. m — « — J-J — I — m 




1. When life down here for you is o - ver, And you are called from earth a-way; 

2. The cares of life may keep you bus - y,And you may take no time to pray, 

3. Why go on heed-ing not the warn-ing,Why will you not the Lord o - bey? 



£ 






^=b 



E 



:£=£ 



t: 



Q^Hg-£z 



p 



D.S, — When life on earth has passed a-way; 

Fine 




When heaven's records shall be o-pened, .you will need the Lord that day. 
But when your pow'r to choose is end-ed, You'll surely need the Lord that day. 
Just trust HiB love and seek His par-don, You'll need it on the judg-ment day. 



■*— *~ 



3*=£ 



*-fc^- 






m% 



-|— r 




P w 

When you are called to face the judgment, You'll surely need the Lord that day. 
Chorus ». "*. .. D.S. 



±= 



i= 



IV 



^E$EA 



-m ■- 



1 A 



-=l «" 



1 A A A -A- 



u u 



-ix u u U U " ' u- u 

You'llneedthe Lord, you'll need the Lord, 

You'll need the Lord, « you'll need the Lord, 

V '4UL 



JUNM 



W 



y 






^^^ 



S -i x' 



££ 



g X- 



No. 70 



On the Road to Glory Land 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston & B. L. in "Living Grace" Bruce Lloyd 







1. As I go a-loDg,mingliQg with the throng, Oft my load seems hard to bear, 

2. When I walked a-lone,sav-ing love un-known,I was nev-er free from fear; 

3. All my sor-rowshere, ev -'ry blinding tear, He will al- ways nn-der-Btand, 




From the morn till night, working for the right, Trying hard to do my share; 
Since 1 fonnd the Lord, trusted in His word, For my needs He's al-ways near, 
When the shadows fall, He will hear my call And will gen-tly hold my hand; 



S£* 



e 



t F-h^F 1 r| 1 1 1 H- 



ffl 



SE 



i 1 — ite— EL— la— ^ • L j — F — r L. b L — i — f— — i — f— 



-fcb \> JL Jrj — | — l- JX-& uj — |=q — - N — nF^ 



=t 



i 



# 



Nev - er ask-ing why, sat - is - fied am I Just to give my Lord con - trol; 

Driv-ing doubts a-way when to Him I pray, Giv-ing me as -sur-ance sweet; 

Thru the val-ley dim I'll be safe with Him, He has gone that way be -fore; 



wmmrn^^^ 






I will work and pray on the up-ward way, And He'll lead me to the goal. 
So, I'll go a - long, singing love's glad song, Till He gives me joy complete. 
So,what-e'er may come, He will lead me home, Where I'll praise Him ev-er-more. 




b.s 



«— Hap-py praise I'll sing to my Lord and King, On the bright e-ter - nal shore. 
Chorus 




inpngp 



3=t 



Trav-el on, fears all gone, On, on to glo-ryland; 

I will trav - §1, nev-er fear - ing, On the road to glo - ry land; 

J J a i- A J J y rA- £ — - » , I J J 



Ite&g 



E 



f '^l* 1 



g rfr — gyr - rP^ - ri " 



i 



On the Road to Glory Land 

-^- 1 — 



5 



-m — m — ■ 



¥ 



±zM: 



: i-£- 



=t 



■^— -*- 



^ i- 



^=3 



1K3 



Lead each day, show the way, 'He holds my trembling hand; 

He will lead me, and will show me, Ten-der - ly He holds my hand; 

J J'* L , a J J y , F y F a, J J ■ 






£ 



* 



£ 



f— hpt 



rfu^ 



S^S 



D.S. 



391 



-d- 



I 



r 



In the morning, when the shadows Fade a - way to come no more, 

Morning dawn, shadows gone, To come,no nev-er-more, 



§§ 55 



m 



& 



-F-F-g- 



-F— F-$r 



-k X k 



t= 



=F 



=™ r^ri* r^ 

No. 71 Dear Lord, I Want to See! 

Dedicated to Betty Bounds, age 11 years, who was stricken blind three years ago. 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

J. B.C. in "Living Grace" J. B. Coats 



i 



3^= 



* 



=£ 



^=#i^ 



^=li 

^i = ^- 



« 



St3p 



bat-st 



u u 

1. When I was but a child, not man-y years a- go, The will of 

2. I'm grow - ing old - er now, with loved ones watching me, A con-stant 

3. A time will come, I know, I ful - ly un - der-stand, Be - side the 

-m- H^ •+- -F- -*-• ^ -F- -F- -F- &F- -»-• **■ 



£ 



-ftk- 



4C 



*£ 



S3*z^ 



*= 



jg 



E 



£ 



^ 



Cho. -Dear Lord, I 
K & 



want to see 



the 



y u w 

light up - on your face, Give me 



m 



=£ 



=£ 



*=* 



ajz: 



*fck 



*K 



God was done, I felt a chill-ing blow; The light has passed me by, no 
guid-ing hand, from dan-ger, keeps me free; But deep with - in my heart, more 
stream of life, with Je-sus, I shall stand;My sight will be re-stored, thru- 



-i* — k — (♦- 



£j M — -L- l L ff fc L r= L_ U • F 



S: 



^-U- 



^=3: 



-V— u 



E 



t= 



vi - sion clear to 




run this earth - ly race; Down here I 

. _ f* ft h & 



can - not see the 
D.C. for Chorus 



m 



*±^=-H^- 



Al a ai ^~as~~~9 



more my steps are free, I'm blind-ed here be - low, dear Lord, I can- not see! 
hap-py I could be, For mer-cynow I pray, dear Lord, I want to seel 
out e - ter - ni - ty, I'm tired of darkness now, dear Lord, I want to seel 

-F-'-F-kF- -m-> -»- „ ft _ _ _ . -*- . . . ^ ^ J. 




beauties all 



a-round,But love shines in my soul, for 



am heav-en bound. 



No. 72 I am Going to That Gity 

Copyright, 1§45, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Dan Williams in "Living Grace" E. M. Bay gents 

8 va 



*3 



Hva 

-P m 



* 



4=S- gg — 1 — S— g — 3*- I-«-Bb — 1- » ^ S — T~STTF 



@g 



1. There's a love - ly ci - ty, 

2. In that won-drous ci - ty, 



made of pur - est gold, 
on the oth - er shore, 



m Hk rj I* 



-h— 



g=£ 



s^ 




In its heav-'nly splen-dor won - drous to be - hold; 

Come no sep - a - ra - tions, trou - bles will be o'er; 




I've an in - vi - ta - tion 
No more tears of sor - row 



^fe=t 



to a meet-ing there, 
there to dim the eye, 

.*. _^_ Pff: iff: jm. 



S 






ir— S- 



-y 



y=* 



2^5^ 


® t h P r* n 


h— — w *i 1 

=j r P J — T 1 1 


Fine 
i 1 — 1 1 




I am go - ing 
We'll be hap - py 

J J! J! |» 

— — — -^. 


■ -«- *1 F 

to that ci - ty bright 
in that ci - ty built 


=3 -JL- *LJ 

and fair. 
on high. 


£2|i 




-4- 
-f 


T~ £=3 



iD.S*— We'll be hap - py in that ci - ty ev 
Chorus 



er 




^£ 



e 



a g — B~~y~i~jB 



a — a 



: -3^5 



I am go - ing to that ci • ty in 

in 

£ £j -r - ^^-^--r— g--p 



the prom-ised land, 

the prom-ised land, 



I am Going to That Gity 



-•»< ■ g I j — g — g — — i- 



I 



^ 



Meet the Sav - ior, greet my loved ones, join the an - gel band; 

join the an - gel band; 

ffff- i -r- i jLJUL 



:C: 



*= 



*=* 



£« 



F ^ g 



-t 



lr-fcr 






A— ^ 



=£=£ 



D.S. 






^-4-£ 



i 



s 



O what sing-ing will be ring - ing on that bliss • ful shore, 

on that bliss - fnl shore, 

*•) _HL JL 



m 



a* 



f- f 



^ -*- -*- 



£^£ 



fc: 



a 



£ 



g=# 



£ 



-# — **- 



INo.73 

Wm. P. Mackay 



Revive Us Again 



J. J. Husband 

-I- 




praise Thee, God! for the Son of Thy love, For Je - sus who 

2. We praise Thee, God! for Thy Spir- it of light, Who has shown us our 

3. All glo - ry and praise to the Lamb that was slain, Who has borne all oar 




died, 
Sav 
sins, 



and is now gone a - bove. 
ior, and scat-tered our night. Hal-le - lu - jah! Thine the glo - ry, Hal-le* 
and has cleansed ev-'ry stain, 
j jm~ Jft~ ■*- Hfi- 




No. 74 



Our Great Convention Day 



M.L. 



Dedicated to Church of God Convention, Atlanta, Ga. 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" Monroe Lewis 

._£ & BL 




m 



1. We are gath-ered on con - ven - tion day, sing - ing all the while, 

2. Let us all be hap - py in His love, praise Him o'er and o'er, 

3. Let ns sing and pray to - geth - er, friends, while on earth we roam, 

rr-3-A A A A = A— = Jl—M—£ m—&. 

HgEp — i 1 * — I ^ — I F — *~h * — ™ — * 



33*: 



:t=t 



:£^E 



3t 



a, t* uk ia- 






* — * — #- 



- — ^ — ^ — p^-j-i — fi — g — Mj 



s 



3=* 



attfe=, — =^z 



Hymning songs of won-droos love cheers the wea - ry mile; Tell ^how 

He will safe - ly lead us on to the peace-ful shore; We shall 

Till there comes the bet - ter time when we all get home; Then we'll 






-A— V- 



m 



at 



Ufc yfc {A tfc Hfc A IA F 1« P P «-| ~r\-** ^ 







Je - sus died up - on the cross that we might be free, Trust-ing Him to 
sing with loved ones o - ver there, songs that nev - er die, Free from sor - row 
sing the song of vie - to - ry 'round the throne a-bove, With un-num-bered 



- m — [*- 



£ee£e£ 



i£SEgEffi 



H=frr ^ ~ t, ~ tr ~n»- l f-H rf 






Chorus 




MhA 



y 






sing prais-es as we go, 



g 
lead us on, safe we'll ev - er be. Sing, 
pain and care, ne'er to say good-bye. 
souls redeemed thru our Savior's love. Let us sing God's prais-es as we go, 



S=S=fr 



: F 







mmm 



bright-en ev -'ry day, Make the hap-py hal - le - lu - jahs ring all a - long the 

v - 



- A— A ,-£ ^— *l 




Our Great Convention Day 



d nt-r J p -JirJJ.J l- rf-J — 1 

i — - — *-^— L> — Z ^ ~} Z a h-* ) — ^-p^ — ^ — t^i — =>* — =4 



: ^=5=^ 



May His 'bless - ed presence here be - low give us sweet ac - cord, 

A T~ A — - — a— -— a__ r _ — _ — __ < *_ ( a_ 




CiCT^ 



£ 



-*- 






*3=a 



" i=3=q= 



Hi 



Hal - low this, our great con-ven-tion day ev -'ry-bod - y praise the Lord. 

_*__; aJ i a d a a) 



mm*^=^§^m m 



No. 75 

R.L.R. 



God Made Man and Woman 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



in "Living Grace" 



_ft_l — r pp=z]z=5=q=— 



iv_A 



r 



R. L. Rust 

-I- 



^e3 



r_53B_ 



3£h£j 



m=M~ 



-m—st 






1. God made man and woman as His own children, Blessed them with wonderful love; 

2. Man's joy was un-bounded, in love sur-rounded,Near-ly in view of God's face; 

3. God in His com-pas-sion, in His own fashion,Gave Christ that we might be free; 

♦-ri — i — u** — i — (♦-h — i — tiK — i — 



m 



-y- 



-S-l-tA- 



fcfcfc 



=e=e=i=e 



3 



-t- 

Fine 



-ad-hS— S-f"— S— al-hS— S-f* 1 — 8 a; h S— al— ^ — al— a— y-hJ-H 



He placed them in E - den,beau-ti - ful gar-den, Fashioned from heaven a - bove. 
But thru dis - o - bey-ing, in-stead of pray-ing, Was driv-en out of that place. 
From sin He'll re-lieve us, glad- ly re-ceive us, With Him for-ev - er to be. • 

— ♦-H 1 H*> 1 t+~ r \ 1 H^> 1 [♦ | ♦- 



-h a 



-t= 



1— U"- 11 J 



D.S-— Butwe'reon a jour-ney,soon to be end - ed, Seek-mg our bet-ter new home. 



Chorus 



D.S. 




God made man and formed him in His own im-age, On earth this moment we roam; I 



H — uk- -a— iik — a — a — 



r'»,fi ^ fr» 



£E£ 



-♦— > — ♦- 



-I* Uk — Uk =*. tf 



^ 



No. 76 



One Wonderful Day 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
F. E. H. in "Living Grace" Floyd E. Hunter 

-br * k - i e < i^==r-fv— ft ft i & 




-A AA A-A 



1. One won-der - ful day Christ Je - sua the King . 

2. I'm glo - ry land bound since Je - sua came in.., 

3. I'm pray-ing for you to turn from all wrong. 



uwm 



g££Xg ^ 



PjfT 



&z£ 



e 



SS j-nH 



Sat 



-=i — *- 



WfcW 



-rjru 




3 



-ft — § — rr g 



3 



r^=j^7-ti 



- A A A P A A 5" 



Came in - to my heart and made me sing, 

And caused me to see the path of sin, 

To trust in the Lord and sing a song; 

P-P-p-fr*-! **" frg )w ^ ^P 



CITCTT 



*M ^^ ffifo^ 



Hz& 



BE 



she 



4^J 



ft* 



^-i*- 



-V-tj 



^ffPPP 



P 



^^ 



=£ 



*fe* 



5<=i: 



- A A A A - A - A ■ 



ffff 



Vybbbb 

Now hap - py am I just sing- mg a song 

The way was so dark and lone - ly for me 

Sing prais - es to Him who gave His life free 



m 



p-p gfcgjp 



Fine 



h-Wf-U-HH— 



Gt 



■* — *- 



wtttttt 



«: 



-♦!—♦ ! ~| - 
A A A i- 



W£ 



While trav - 'ling on with His great throng 

I turned to Christ who set me free 

That we might live . and with Him be. 



■*^-*r 



'JS^JS 



^=4 



jLjL^jLJi. 



3 



EC 



5^5 



A- 



t± 



D.S. — For Sa - tan shall not turn me 'round 

Chorus 

dg==z= r -^-j.c zHz^ 1 ft--fr - 




-n— *- 



_l 3-S-A! — A 



s-a 



*±ft 



iP 



Won-der - fnl time, won-der-ful place, 

One won-der-ful time, one won-der-ful place, 



m 



■* — *- 



fW 






One Wonderful Day 



V* "7 •" 1 f'B 

I gave Him con-trol, 



b dTT b - 



Sfc 



3bt 



looked on His face; 
Gave Him con-trol, Hissmil-ing face; 

t^ ff fo e -p-^ 



*s^s 



=f= 



ir-r-p- 



s 



^ b M rf? 



Mt~Sfct=* 



D.S. 



1 



-fe *- 



♦ » '•» <p 



rf?T 



nrP^f 



^ 



Praise His dear name , glo-ry land bound , 

praise His dear name, I'm glo-ry land bound, 



:£=£ 



I 



^ — *- 



E£ 



->-*—*■ 



■P— it 






U fl • U l> 



No. 77 

Augustus M. Toplady 



Rock of Ages 




3==^ 



M 



Thomas Hastings 



L« 3, ^ _J_LJ_J 



*=¥=* 



*—£r 



1. Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee; 

2. Could my tears for - ev - er flow, Could my zeal no Ian - guor know, 

3. While I draw this fleet -ing breath, When my eyes shall close in death, 




Let the wa - ter and 
These for sin could not 
When I rise to worlds 



m^tm 



-t=s 



U ■ ■• U 

the blood, From Thy wound-ed side which flowed, 
a - tone; Thou must save, and Thou a - lone: 
un-known, And be - hold Thee on Thy throne, 











■a- 

Be of f sin the dou 
In my hand no price 
Bock of A - ges, cleft 



±j=— 1 — 3 



ble cure, Save from wrath and make me pure. 
I bring, Sim - ply to Thy cross I cling, 
for me, Let , me hide my - self in Thee. 
-*> rA — A-*— A— r^- i- F*-' -* 



H*- 5 "-^ 






5=3Epp 



No. 78 



Walk In the Gospel Way 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A. E. B. in "Living Grace" Albert E. Brumley 

& ft Pi jn _, _js_ | 



zh 



4=3:5=*— :• 



**-*■ 



H I- 1 1 ^~ 



=t 



-ft- 






1. Look, look, look by His light we're led, Shin -nig its 

2. Come, come, trust in. His love di - vine, Fear not, 

3. March, march on with the ar - my grand, Led by the 



IM 



L^HX 



I* 



C=EB=s=EB=S=t^ 



& 



as 



£ 




3=§^ 



J, 






§Ef: 



rays a - head, light -ing the path we tread; Haste, 

soul of mine, bright -ly His light will shine; Come, 

Mas-ter's hand, march-iug to glo - ry - land; On, 

ft -m- -l*- 



haste, 

come, 

on 



-^ — i — 

-=m—m- 



§ 



£=t 



P 



-3— s- 



q_s* 



zszrzs 



fi 






has - ten witb-out de - lay, Walk in the shin-ing gos-pel way. 

make Him your guide andstay, 

firm - ly from day to day, the gos-pel way. 




Walk in the gos-pel way, _ " walk in the gos-pel way, 

come and walk in the gos-pel way, 

A A— A— A r A A -A--A- 




Walk in the new-found way, " trav-el in the shin-ing way; 

In the new-found way, in the shin-ing way; 

_A-A_A-A-A-A 




££^SE= 



*3F 






rrrt 



Walk In the Gospel Way 



^ 



-^ — r- 

— — ♦- 



^MU^W 



a~^:I?f a - 



t 



*=$=$=*=£ 



T" 



U n U 



y 

Work for the Lord each day, work and His will o-bey, 

Go out and work and His will o - bey, 




No. 79 



J. C. H. 

fa 



III Sin£ of Him 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. 
in "Living Grace" 



m 



#^-F 



■T*J — I iT^- 



* — *f- 



♦* 



Co. 
J. Conrad Hall 



^=^=^S=^3=a=fe^3 



1. My path-way home is shin - mg bright With love's e - ter - nal glow, 

2. I'll f ol - low in His steps each day, While I am work - iug here; 

3. I'll sing of Him while life shall last, He does so much for me; 



gj 



=fc 



1 — i — r 



£=£ 



1 — r 



to 



Hife§ 



i=i 



Fine 



3E3 



-he — ^-J 



fa: 



J i ;i 



f^P 



^=*r 



S 



For Je - sus gives to me the light That's why I love Him so. 
For Je - sus made the right - of - way To mansions o - ver there. 
And when the pil - grim-age is past, I'll praise Him ev - er - more. 

,1-- <* - - *■*-**■-■*■ 



±: 



fe£ 



m 






^m 



:tr- 



9 — m — w — m — m — i — 



r- 



t— 1 — I — r 



D.S*— And when shall dawn the end -less day, I'll sing in heav'n a - bove. 

Chorus , . I i JL&- i 

_| [_, 1 . —-J-,-* *- _} _)_-, ],r . v - | . 



5*3£:« 



=t 



± 



£ 



i 



f 



=E 



5 ■ il ^ t f-^ 



* = TfT 



I'll sing of Him a - long the way, And tell of His great love; 

great love; 




t— r 



No. 80 



L. G. P. 



I Feel the Need of Mother's Pray'r 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" Luther G. Presley 

^N ft 



^^ 



fei 



55 



^-4^= 



1 



M M - 



z^-jsrzjst 



1. While pass - ing down time's wea - ry 

2. No oth - er one can take her 

3. My Bi - ble makes the way so 



rtrrrr 

road, wea - ry road, 
place, take her place, 
plain, way so plain, 




WxTt . 



I'll mur-mur not tho great the load, my heav - y load; 

In giv - ing me as - sist - ing grace, as - sist - ing grace; 

But I must strive the crown to gain, the crown to gain; 



m 



A-A- A A -A- - p- - A- jjg jjg -A- — 



i^ — *. 



-4-= 






& 



g£3 



- A l A i 



35C 



l_k- 



■D— t 



*» S i 1; P P P " ' I P 

But when my heart is torn with care, torn with care, 

Sur-round-ed by the tempt-er's snare, tempt-er's snare, 

So till I reach that home so fair, home so fair, 

J* 



i I I — h F v r | ■ ■ ■ -■ — | 



£ 



fc£ 



y 



-g — *- 



-i* — i* — i*- 



r^rtr-£r 



rf*? 



is: 



r^^^cnr 



1 



I feel the need of moth-er's pray'r. 
I feel the need of moth-er's pray'r. 

i x -i -J> J> J> j> jt. _ j ; j ji,j. j>: j> 



e£e£ 



e 



=tr- 



s 



E^ 



£ 



Chorus 




feel the need of a moth-er's pray'r, 

I feel the need of moth-er's pray'r, 



£ 



I 



:t 



# 



I 



6= 



£^P 



1 



I 



I Peer the Need of Mother's Pray'r 

h ^ h p> p pn 



I 



igj^ 



^ — s= 



Seems the bless - ed Lord 
It seems the Lord 



-!T 



is for - ev - er there, 
is al - ways there; 



m 



^£ 



-=> — «- 






1? 9 
Bit. 






-ft — 



X — 1=3 



m — wi- 



m 



When the friends I love seem not to care, 

When friends I love seem not to care, 

J? g ^ J! Jr— 



*=£=±Ai 



rJ^l 



i^rnr 



^=g 



i^ 



^ppp* 



S=? 



^=:::^=fc 



I feel the need 



I feel the need of moth-er's pray'r 



2Ete 



of moth-er's pray'r. 



1 



* 



The Pray'rs of My Mother 



-n? 



No. 81 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R.B.,Jr. in "Living Grace" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 




1. The pray'rs of my moth - er Still lin - ger to - day, 1 prize them more dear - ly 

2. The pray'rs of my moth - er Have meant much to me, Some day I shall see her 

3. The pray'rs of my moth - er Help guide me a - right, I'll fol - low her teach-ing 




Fine Chorus 



ligi3l& 



r- 



D.Sd — Poured out from a heart filled 
, , D.S. 

-I u-i 



«=*= 



M 






Each mile of the way. 

Be-yond death's dark sea. The pray'rs of my moth - er To Je - sus a-bove, 

Till faith ends in sight. 



■W- -A-' -A- -Ac -A- 



trbr 



-jStr 



^pE^j fe^zpEpj 



*=* 



^ 



r- 

With won-der - f ul love. 



No. 82 



G. T. S. 



It Won't be Very Lon£ 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg». Co. 

in "Living Grace" G. T. Speer 



_it , 1 — L^j 4j ij ^j +■ ^ 9 — 1_^ M a/ — b w <* — J 



-ah -af -ah -*- -^- -»- ?■- -af 

1. I am get - ting old and gray, as I trav - el on the way, 

2. Je - sus saves me by His grace and I'll see His bless - ed face 

3. As I spend these earth - ly days, I will sing His bless - ed praise, 

|S ft -m- £ - ■- _ — 

£— fr— Is— g-~gg: 

h h h- 






:2t: 

:t: 



£E 



*=pE=E=E 










5^- -^- ^ i, -«- -■- -5- ¥ 

I can al - most hear the voic - es call - ing me to heav'n my home; 

When I leave this world of trou - ble and move in - to my new home; 

And I'll do my best to tell the world He did for sin a • tone; 



tt-Jj=l_t=-t^ 






p — 4» W IV <V- 



•U — ifc 



I 




:3=Q— 2=3— t *=3-3 



s 



Thru the heat and thru 
There I'll praise Him ev 
I will not give up 

^ ft __f t ~___m 



the cold, Je - sus guides my trust - ing soul, 
er - more with the friends gone on be - fore, 
the fight, I'll keep work - ing for the right, 



:t=: 



m 1 



.- h- 



:£=*= 



m 



tk 



* T -5- -a 1 - [f [f -w -at -*- 

It will not be ver - y long till I'll be sing -ing 'round the throne. 

And I know it won't be long till I'll be sing - ing 'round the throne. 

For I know it won*t be long till I'll be sing - ing 'round the throne. 




p— F— m ^— F-T^ f—S. N mr~ 



, Chorus 

3t — ^ 



F*t 



2 =*; 
It 



adz 



3K*r 



F 

-k 



S| £ £2i_Jl_Z3 J 



It will not be long, 
will not be so 



s tr 

y 



1 



not so 
long, 



ver - y long, 



fcfc 



S 












^EEEg=£ 



^: 



5= 



^ 



±=s: 



It Won't be Very Long 



5 



"CT" 



=> — *— d— 2 



**# 



»3| 



gy r- 



S3 » 



p: 



P 



Ua - til the Sav-ior shall call me home,shall call me home; 
Un - til the Sav - ior 



m 



s 



:f--t-- 



■3-H*— i*— 1*_ 



4 * V U- 



I" 









2=^- 



h h rs r> r> 

p d Al Al Al Al »j a 






7 F 






-L a ▲ — J 



Just a few more days, just a few more days, 

Just a few more dark drear - y days, 




A L wJ* — A A- A * 9 ' A d ft* ■-■ 



Then I'll be sing-ing a - round the throne,a-round the throne. 
Then I '11 be sing - ing. 



£ 



?—m-e- 



M* L J^-J-T J 




No. 83 



Holy 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. E. in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 

, 1 4- 



m 



g=s 



m 



■z£ 



Ho 



r-S jf =r~^ 



«5>— 



Ho 



KSp 



J . J 



bo - - 
ly, ho 



iy, 



1= 



1. Might-y King of kings; 

2. Of all lords the Lord; 
ly,3. Shouts the heav'n-ly throng; 



f-r*=P 



■r- 



fe-r M ii. 



:t=± 



W- 



— *- 



f±&B 



i 



£=q: 



:si- 



s 



:s- 



:^: 



Ho 



Si 



iy, 

Ho - - ly, 



ho 



- iy, 



k=*=P : 



Praise im-mor - tal rings. 

Ev - er - last - ing Word, 

ho - - ly, Be our end - less song. 

A U -_ ; r 



3= 



t=t= 



-I f~ 



■zS- 



1 



No. 84 



J. L. S. 



God's Ghildren Moved On 



Copyright. 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" John L. Shrader 




t, tf L> b 



1. God's people moved oat asMos-es as-signed them, on that day, 

2. At Jordan's dark stream old Mos - es de - part-ed,from the band, 

3. By day and by night God's lovelight was shining, bright and fair, 



mm 



as 



F^ffi 



m 



J*. J JuE 






mmmmm 






a 



i1wf$ 



|» f* 1^- 



S 



fefcM: 



With faith in the Lord they traveled a - long, a - long; 

He on- ly could see the bean-ties bo rare, so rare; 

To guide them a - long to Canaan's fair land, fair land; 



'♦ \+ } + m< + -<+- i— --P- Qh~ 



*—y- V$ ^~ v—v — j — b — [7 



5==p: 



* 



£==§: 



:r— ad— xt 2 ^ X- -5 i 2=- 



1 -^-ar-a^ 



pt 



P 



X btftfbU 

There by the Red Sea, with E-gypt be - hind them, far a - way, 

With Josh - u - a then for Canaan they start-ed, hap - py land, 

Al - tho there were some still sad-ly re - pin - ing, in de-spair, 



Bg 



m 






f 



rnuK. 



b=b: 



— y- 



£Mt 



ixi 



Pawl) 



■t : X 



^J: 



L^= 



£* 



Wi 



35E 



=^ 



:*= 



"U" 



S* 



I 1/ 

They worshiped their God in won-der - ful song, glad song. 

To live in that land so wondrous - ly fair, so fair. 

Re - fus-ing to trust His prom-ise so grand, so grand. 






4="- Jt 



IS 



i IA-iA-iA-i^4A — Uk 1 1 1 



m 



Chorus 



SE^£ 






■=1-ai- 



B Sj 0—M Lj> 



PfrCI 



n 



God's children mov«d on with hope of to-mor - row, 
God's children moved on , hope of to - mor-row, 



se 



f 



z 



P 



A- 



m 



God's Ghildren Moved On 



Still look-ing be-yond to Canaan's fair land; 
Still look-ing be-yond hap - py land; 

i » 1 J - R - R J ^ ■ 



nisi 



^s 



g 



iMnr 



y — r* — iv — m — m 



Js h-2r 



*=M 



-ft— P-4>- 



:™ q — ^_ m 



« 



^ 



iifTT 



P 



Like people of old we trav-el in sor - row, 
Like people of old, * trav-el in sor-row, 




We'll ev-er press on to that wonder-ful strand. 
We'll ev-er press on glo-ry strand. 



3& 



■3— «- 



BE 



ffft>- - r» 



imj* 






-+J * ^ •< U— h-r- 



-tf-0- 



«=* 



f; 



r 



I 



No. 85 



B. B. E. 



Dreaming 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 






1. Dreaming, dreaming si - lent-ly, Dreaming in the twi - light's pur -pie glow; 

2. Drift-ing, drift - ing qui - et - ly, Drift-ing down the stream of mem - o - ry; 

3. Call - ing, call - ing ten - der-ly, Voic-es sweet-ly ech - o long years thru; 



b? — PTJ **• — w- 




i= 



r r 



tfe 



5*— r*-?*— * 



tL=p=tC=^p 



QL ff ., 



e^^ 



U li • -J- -ah -» !. w -7* 



Dreaming, dream-ing peace-ful-ly, Dreaming, dreaming of the long a - go. 
Drift - ing, drift -ing rest - ful - ly, Drift-ing in - to ports long closed to me. 
Call - ing, call - ing plead-ing-ly, Call - ing to the land where dreams come true. 



c: — p_ __p: 1 » ■ ■> 



^=e 




No. 86 



I Want to Go Home 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
C. R. W. in "Living Grace" C has. R. Woods 



.£rf=£ 



g^M=*=* 



3^ 



^ — ^ — ft 



q-*- 



--t=z 



u u 

1. There's a land of glo - ry, glo - ry, far be-yond the sky 

2. There's a home now build-ing,build-ihg, just a-cross the sea, 

3. When my work is end - ed, end - ed, all my sor-rows o'er.Iwantto go 

-I*- kjK- -m- -m- -»-b»- - - * 



f f r r 



m 



gg Ep Eds— : tezte 



153 



f^E^ 



£ 



fc3=fc 



£Pja 



U P U P 



p=tt 



:£ 



5 



Jr-f^-fi- 



e^: 



§=£ 



i 



3=s: 



i HN 



t*B 



m 



I want to go o - ver home some day; 

o - - ver home some day; To be with my 



yt 



r — irnrs ^ 



te± 



n 






^ 



ZjI^r^ EgSg 



*t: *rJ «k a jf - *ip 



Loved ones wait-ing yon - der,yon-der, ne'er to say good-bye, I want to go 
Man - y friends who're waiting.waiting there to wel-come me, 
Bless-ed Lord and Sav - ior, Sav - ior,hap - py ev - er-more, 

, .. f 1 r- r — g-£-i £- f- jfc , 'g" y - g^g"-r 

^— hs fe x x Is S 1» — P— -h F^h — £ — £r 



I 



jq^£CT=s ^=^g 



P — p — p 



^R 



$ 



Chorus 



m 

** — L- 



CT=J 



* 



rr 



1 1 



FT" 1 ~t 

o - - ver home some day. 

I want to go home some day, home some day. I want to go 




@S 



Hal-le - lu - jah, hal - le - In - jah, o - ver home some day, 

" b "& rV h ver ' 

J? J? J. J. m ft ft _J> J* 4, ^ 



§^ 



£ 



Hi 



:ttc 



P 



I Want to Go Home 




m^=fe JE^j 



^=^ 



2=X 



When Je - sua shall call me, Come a - way; 
When Je-sus shall call me, Come a - way: 

p fi fi i r» i r» * 



l±=A=fc5: 



1 



»=£ 



Z=tE 



P 



P 



17- 



« 



-*-ft 



I Al Al A J AM m—, ^ Al il 1 



* :t « 



Hal-le - lu - jah, hal - le - lu-jah,where the an-gels stay, 
I want to meet yon ^ .there, 



W, 



1 ^" 



I 



JJJJ^ &M.I-- 



*—Sr 



J. 



m^m 



E 



fezgiig zgft 






fJ. J.. PJ 



4 



s 



-4f 



i 



I want to go o - ver home some day. 

I want to go home some day, home some day. 



£ 



*■#•■ 



1^^^ 



at 



*t=tt 



■F— w- 



-5— *■ 



^=P 



No. 87 



America 



Samuel Francis Smith 



Henry Carey 



3 



JL 



£ii:=pq=3 



d: 



■J — 2i- -ah — h — 1 — ^ 1- 



■S—9—St- 



£*=ai=2 



--Sn* 



tzfc-zt 



1. My country 'tis of thee, Sweet land of lib - er-ty, Of thee I sing; Land where my 

2. My na-tive country thee, Land of the no - ble free, Thy name I love; I love thy 

3. Let music swell the breeze, And ring from all the trees Sweet freedom's song;Let mortal 

4. Our father's God to thee,Au-thor of lib - er-ty, To Thee we sing;Long may our 



^ 



■»--•- -»- -P- -P- -*- 
1— I U«jLj-= rtz: 



E 



fr-fr^fe: 



i ' i ■ r^ 



E 



r 



t— tr+ 



i — i — r 




o-^rh*-^-^- -»— ae-g- z*rziz=i5sai 



-&-4 



-P=fe 






Jsattar^ 



fathers died, Land of the pilgrim's pride, From ev'ry mountain side, Let freedom ring, 
rocks and rills, Thy woods and templed hills, My heart with rapture thrills.Like that a-bove. 
tongues awake,Let all that breathe partake.Let rocks their silence break, The sound prolong, 
land be bright With freedom's ho-ly light;Protect us by thy might, Great God our King. 

m- '-m - -j B —m- -m- -m- -m-'-m- -»- -m- ** m -w-1 -m-'-m—m- ■ J*' -0- 



i — tr 



t= 



t=t=fc 



ia 



No. 88 Be Still and Know 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



Rev. Alfred Barratt 



in "Living Grace" 



V. O. Fossett 



=* 



v * 9 «- <* — I— <e<- 



45 



-^ 



1. Be not dis - mayed when cares op - press,. 

2. He gives as strength from day to day, . 

3. He calls to us wher - e'er we go,. 

4. When trou-bles come and storm winds blow. 




Let noth - ing 

His pres - ence 

He guards and 

He tin - gers 



fill you with 

drives our fears 

guides in weal 

near His love 



dis 
a 
or 
to 



=3=£ 



IeEeS 



:fe 



tress 

way, 

woe, 

show, 



=>ji 



£=£ 



-3^ 



-P w- 



m 



—c± 



m 



God's voice rings' out where saints have trod,. 

While lean - ing on His Staff and Rod, . 

O'er hill and dale, ...o'er grass - y sod,. 

With faith and hope we on - w ard plod,. 

r ^ v h ■ 



wm 



fifif: 



qEZLfB._mz 



'P^> 



£ 



K~^- 



g-gzdEgBj=fc§ 



a- 



I 



f=D" 



r-f-fr-fnT 



"Be still and know 
-15? -1 J> J> J> 



Be still and know that I am God." 

that I am God.' 

h 



V?r 






i=tt 



r^ 



£ 



Chorus 



ipig^iiiiisigjii 

-AJ- -A!- -*N« 



r =1- 



"Be still aud know that I am God," 

"Be still and know that I am God," 



%^=tt 



1?" U u p 



t± 



=3L 



1 



Be Still and Know 



I 



^^^IPl 



W 



This voice rings out as on we plod, as on we plod, 
This voice rings out 

i * 1 J J -J J J J _ h-J J J 1 J 

— = — — "I — ^ i a 5 a : 




When dark the way, we 'hear Him say, 

When dark the way, we hear Him say, 



iiii=iE=l 



-L L ^=£ 



3=t 



g 



^ — *- 



$=z 






>. r» j- , i 



^^^i 



* — #- 



-e^r 



I am God." 



1 



^r 



that I am God." 



"Be still and know 



that 



'Be still and know 



Dezrjezzfc: 



h * •- 



13 



St: 



-=i — *- 



V U l^-fr 



=fc 



^ 



No. 89 



How I Love Him 



=s 



Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter- Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Golden Key" Elmer L. Ward 



sfefel 



T=F3v 



-I 1- 



= 



A f- 



=** 



^ 4— j 



t* 



^ — w 



-ai-A- 

TB I 1 



:^~ts£ 



3t=*t 



•^-i 



LL_L4 ! 



1. How I love my Sav - ior and King, He has set me free; Now His 

2. How I love to praise Him in song, All to Him I owe; I am 

3. How I want to look on His face In that land a - bove, I shall 



-bfc — 



1=1= 



t=t= 



■A «r- 



:t 



trt 



D.S. — For He bore my blame, Ransomed 
Fine Chorus D.S. 



cine onorus u.a 

wor-thy prais-es I sing,Won-der- ful is He. 

weak but He is so strong, I can face the foe. How I love my Sav - ior, 

trust His won-der-ful grace, Guided by His love. 




roe on Cal-va-ry's tree, Praise His ho-ly name. 



No. 90 



What RejoiGing! 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
H. H.M. in "Living Grace" Dr. H. H. Martin 




^ 



ppiiip 



-Z 



■^"TJE 



SE^ILhEi 



1. Pre-cious Lord and great Ee-deem - er, Who so free • ly died for me, 

2. As we on -ward go re - joic - ing, Walk-ing in the nar-rowway, 

3. Liv - ing now to meet the Sav-ior, Let ho - sa - nas swell and roll, 




m 



plis^^lpi 



w^* 3 *^* 



:* 



We shall rise and go to meet Tbee, Where from death weshall be free, 
We would ren - der hum-ble ser- vice,Faith-ful - ly each pass-jog da;; 
Hap - py fore - taste of the sing -ing In the home-land of the soul, 



»* 



it=t=c= 



rr=r 



£ 



rn^mi 



r 



& 



I 



m 



^ 



tSt- 1 



&ttfr^»ftfr=3=S=3 



^S=* 



s 



3+3 



"53 



■sg- 1 



O the joy to greet our loved ones And the friends who've goiie be-fore; 
Praise the Lord,we're bound for glo - ry,Heav-en's land of pure de - light; 
On -ward then, and press the bat - tie, Stand-ing firm for truth and right, 




terj^faUal— 1- 1 




1 



3 



s?5 









f 

Hap-py songs of joy for- ev - er Weshall sing on that bright shore. 
What a day of great re - joic-ing, When we reach the ci - ty bright. 
Till shall dawn the day of tri-umph,And we en - ter heav - en bright. 

i-*r f > P r-r.t-r J ■! 



^££feg 






^fetl 



gH 



i£ 



tf=* 




Chorus 






O what joy with the Lord, He makes life worth-while; 

What re-j oic - ing with the Sav-ior , Who can make this life worthwhile ; 



What Rejoicing! 




3 



m 



fff m t r-=s 



fegaEt a 



-f***i*- 



eh 



r? 



Here-deemed us from sin, Taught us how to smile; 

He has pur - chased our re-demp-tion,Love has taught us how to smile; 



ijjEi^p5Eifeig|||| 



j*^— ^ — ^> — 
^ 



£ 



t 



T^ 



sbfc 



id: 



J 



ife=» l ^- tj ^^j 



3C3C 



a^ ajzab^: 



When shall dawn heaven's morn, Night will pass a - way, 
In the dawn - ing of the morn - ing, When the shadows pass away, 



Whatre-joic - ingwhenwesee Him, On the hap-py crowning day. 

what joy with the Lord, bright day. 



fF*= 



e - ^ h 



££ 



■K-»- 



HsI 



f 



No. 91 

John Newton 



Amazing Grace 



Wm. Walker 




HS 



1. A - maz-ing grace how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like me 1 

2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re - lieved; 

3. Thru man - y dan-gers, toils and snares, I have al - read - y come; 

4. When we've been there ten thousand years,Bright shin -ing as the sun, 

J-: fcfc. 



& 



giB 



F 



a: 



t 



f=v 



± 



:t=: 



2£ 



=§1 



KPr«H3 



l^^ttP 



-zsr 



•<S>- 



^t "*-♦- 



W 



t -©>- --♦- "" -©"- -♦- " -e*- i 

once was lost, but now am found; Was blind, but now 



=5 : 

I see. 
How pre-cious did that grace ap-pear, The hour I first be-lieved. 
'Tis grace that bro't me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home. 



We've no less days to sing God's praise Than when we first be -gun. 




a^^i^l 



No. 92 



B. I. C. 



Keep Heaven in View 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" B.I. Clime 



^g§S=iPS^^ 



1. As you trav-el a - long on your jour-ney to - day 

2. Tbo your life may be sad, lov-ing friends have gone oa, 

3. When temptations abound and your hopes are in Tain, 



Bi 



ff* 



liffl 



SI 



Wm* 



A-A-AJA.A. 



*=ttte 



W> 






'Mid the trouble and strife of the wea-ri-some way; 

Man-y pleasures so dear from your life may begone; 

Seek the way of the Lord .you have heav-en to gain;. 




Are you burdened with care, are you lone-ly and blue? 

Oa - ly trust in God's word, pre-cious prom-is - es true, 

Joy is wait-ing for all who will trust Him to - day, . 



NTHTfi 



yi±. 



T± 



&&=£&- 



t££££tr 



q — — a — «-L -a-a-a- a F A -Af—^f-A — a — S- L jai -a!— ■ 



?W rr ^ITO 



Sweetest comfort and joy is a wait-ing for you 

Fol-low where He may lead keeping heav-en in view 

Life e - ter - ual the crown at the end of the way 



ft 



> >* u <kv vug tiiu wt uuc ri oj •••• 



^a3£a3a 




^wmiiF.gTg'R 






Keep heaven in view the whole day thro, 

Keep heaven in view the whole day thru, 



Keep Heaven in View 





r c e u " ■*■ ~ c rff ? f f 

Journey on in faith with the good and true; 

Jour-ney on in faith with the good and true; 



r r r 



*r-# 



I 



g » 



** 



S 



£ 



1 i* I* 



tttt 



£=£=£ 



3f 



ff h ir 



M,^ 



rr-f p u & 



tp 



-•— ff — *■ 



t&=g^=fct^ 



jiej^ 



=6= 



1 



Heed the gen-tle call of the Lord's command, 

Heed the gentle call of the Lord's command, 



m 



*±-- 



qzgaszj* s F i - 



e g 



JfcB 



-U_U_U- 



mil 




a s 



rmn; 



■=^_^i^ 



fefef* 



1 



r*rr 



ffl^ 



A Ai A 



2=$ 



^-fr 



1=T^ 



-1; 



WWW 



lift 

Let Him lead you on to the promised land. 
Let Him lead you on to the promised land 

ft J-P /. 



< * ^rr 



-*— *— ^- 



ju 



f! 



»± 



i i ^ ^ 



Fh*- 



£ 



St 



P P U U-U 



"5" F^. y 

What Gould I Do Without Jesus? 



No. 93 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Blessed Hope" J.'R. Baxter, Jr. 




B3 






3=P 



s^i^^E*^ 



»-3-j-«r-345?p 



1. What could I do with-out Je - sus When hordes of sin mo - lest? 

2. What could I do with-out Je - sus? I am so weak and small, 

3. What could I do with-out Je - sus? Who would protect my soul? 



a. 



-i* i* A m A- 



rigiSLCX -g 



■idt 



t=t 



m 



fc. • ^ 



se 



f 



w 



- nr-rt? 






&J 



Where could I go to find re - fuge?Where would my soul find rest? 
Who would be my el • der broth - er, Ran-som me from the fall? 
Who would guide me to the har - bor When the roughbll-lows roll? 



± 



£ 



pfpi 



No. 94 



There is Wonderful Peace 



Arr. Copyright, 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music &Ptg. Co. 
Lonnie B. Combs in "Living Grace" Mr. & Mrs. Frank H. Stamps 






1. Once I was just a way-ward sin - ner, I had no "peace and joy with- 

2.1 nev - er knew such peace and gladness, TJn- til I gave my all to 1 

3. 1 nev - er shall for - get that mo-ment,When Je-sus spoke peace un-to 




in, It seemed that all the world was drear-y, My heart was bnr-dened 

Him, He lifts me up a - bove the shad-ows, The path is bright that 
me, He took a - way my load of sad-ness, My blind- ed eyes were 

-A- -A- -Ac- -A-* -A- -±- 

■m — m— 







ttts-ljT-f 



1— fr-p > \—j z ^ z I P ^^^ 

— a— Ai— Lg— x — r , w c » 3 5- 1 — 3 — 3 3 J 



T3^" 



down in sin; Up-on my knees I prayed, "Dear Jesus, Please, let these 

once was dim; The sweetest mel - o - dy is ring-ing, 'Tis ring-ing 

made to see; With-in my heart there's music ring-ing, 'Tis com-ing 



> J-J TJ 




^N agfe^ 



bur - dens from me roll," 
in my soul to - day, 
down from heav'n a-bove, 

-Ar -A- -A- -A- -A- _.'" 

H H i -l=- -»- -£" 



Just then I felt the spir - it mov- ing, 
I've nev - er been bo free and hap - py, 
Now all the world is bright and cheer - y, 



t* 



i — -t- -m- -g- 



1 



i- m. 



tr- E—m 



^=^=j^ =| g~ | s~ p => £'i 



fi 



Chorus 



Pji^'i i^l^l^^'ji^ J P 



The sweet-est peace came to my soul. 

Since Je - bus washed my sins a - way. Now there is won-der - ful peace, 

Since Je - sus filled my heart with love. 

m- km- m m -m- "*' 



Ete^l=a 



PWPSppi 



fe£=E= 






H 5 



There is Wonderful Peace 

JV j y ft, ' 




m^^^^m 



since Je - sus gave me re-lease, He broke the chains that once bound my poor 



H*— = 



»-P- 



.«. hb- . H . -jK. ^ — 

- be he be ft* be- 



■t=-m- 



fe=fe=fa=n?MMH^ ^ 




soul, 



my sin - sick soul, 



I'm walk-iug free as the air, no oth-er 




joy can compare , I'll sing His prais - es while a - ges shall roll. 

for-ev - er roll. 



S 



I 



No. 95 



The Promised Land 



Samuel Stennett 



Arr. R. M. Mcintosh 



1. On Jor-dan's storm-y banks I stand, And cast a wish - ful eye 

2. All o'er those wide ex- tend-ed plains Shines one e - ter - nal day; 

3. When shall I reach that hap-py place, And be for - ev - er blest? 




D.C. — I am bound for the promised land, 



I am bound for the promised land; 
D.C 




m 



Ca - naan's fair and hap - py land, Where my pos - ses - sions he. 
There God, the Son, for - ev - er reigns, And scat - ters night a - way. 
When shall I see my Father's face, And in His_ bos - om rest? 



^m 



i i ir t 



£ 



m 



*E*E 



£=Fm^ 



7* 



who will come and go with me? I am bound for the promised land. 



No. 96 

A. E. B. 

m 



I'm Walking Mighty Close to Jesus 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



in "Living Grace" 



Albert E. Brumley 



^—sd—^-Td — 7d— -wi— -*-H-\— -* rr h ' Ft h -> 



■*TF 



V 



1. Now.brother, I am con-fess-ing that 

2. I've turned a new leaf for Je-sus and 

3. My rec-ord is clear with Je-sus and 



u 



V V y 

I've wandered in paths of Bin, 
I'm hap - py as I can be, 

my gar-ments are white as snow, 
■r*- -fr 4*- -f«-^ ~ fc_ 







-J— -J a*— a-H -jJ »^l— l-HB— « — m E a X^M 



My bnr-den has long been heav - y and no hap- pi -ness dwelt with - in; 

I'm bid-ding fare-well to sor-row for the Sav-ior is near to me; 
I'm marching right on to heav - en and I'm praising Him as I go; 

■ f-'f P - Sfc=- -he- -«te- -ht- -»*- -/* 



U P P \> w u p 



f 



dt= 







:t: 

-r- 



m 






But tho so man-y years my feet did wander from the straight and narrow way, 
The gos - pel light is shin-ing all a-round me and I sing a joy - ful lay, 
I'mtrust-ing in the love to lead me and it makes me might-y glad to say, 

-m- £fc=- -#■ >=- ■#£ 









h^=t=ti± 



fe^^S 



fcfc 



ii 






g 



» 0" 



-ah- # 



I am walk-ing might-y close to Je-sus 



■p» 






«_ A _ 



y u r 

to - day. 

am walking mighty close to - day. 



i|=g=g:gJc=fcF=^=g_J_ A!__ |=z E ^r-=l * ^=3 



Chorus 



-»- 



=&=*# 



-** ft-L-«e 



iif^ 




And I'm walking mighty close to stay, 
I'm walking mighty close to Jesus now 



^YFf*** 1 



|k- -ht- -I*- git- -*- -he- -Wl 




I: 



I'm Walking Mighty Close to Jesus 



jpLB>h jv 



—&- -*— AJ— Al— +1- 



:g=S!^S=S: 



M 



J: 



To ev-er-last-ing realms of day; 
I'm lean-ing on the arms of Him who leads 



-3-rS 



gp 

u- 1 ^- 



y 



£f=£ 



-• — F— k 






rr^-e — rtrtr 

And my heart is mighty light and gay, 
The glo-ry light is shin-ing all a-round 



3-n* 



IE 




x . ^- -•*- : ftfc- -^--k •£&»*-. -F-i 






For I'm walking mighty close to Je-sus to - day. 

I am walking mighty close to - day. 



v — h 



m 



£■*■*- 



&3*=£ 



-ff— \ 



*=fc 



-i P— I 



S==E 



n 



Mo. 97 



w. w. c. 



Glory Bound 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" W. W. Combs 



frfeFJ=J 




A 



-fiHyS- 



^ 



3=t 



1. Glo - ry bound! 

2. Glo - ry bound! 

3. Glo - ry bound! 



I am 
are you 



glo - ry bound, 
glo - ry bound, 
glo - ry bound, 



ft** 



=M 



i 

A A A A Af- 



No more I shall 
Are you free from 
Giv - ing praise in 



fcjr 



:£=!£= 3 






4~: 



B- 



r- 



^ 



to 



— li — a e=»- 



■fv-fv 



* — m 



«fc«: 



£r^z=£ 



—I l-^-H— — I LI -«l — si 



roam, in by-ways; All the way 
stain, of sin-ning? Seek the Lord, 
song.and ser-vice; For the King 



-JU-J^-. 



irtp 



,Rit. 



tt^-|^™-4-^t 



a 



I can say, Heav-en is my home, 

get on board Take the heav'n-bound train, 
we will sing, With the heav'nly throng. 




f^P 



No. 98 Just Rest Your All in the Arms of Jesus 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. W. A. Washburn in "Living Grace" Ernest Rippetoe 



a 



-♦■- -*■ -♦»- -#<- -♦'- H-H- -♦- -♦- ■*•*■ -♦- 



^#^ 



1 



a 



^=i=; 



*V 



1. When the road is long you have to go, and the way a-head you can-not know, 

2. When the shadows come at close of day, and you see that ci - ty o'er the way, 



Mt A *k ML I A !-:•: » a* a -1 



^ 



*-*- 




gg^ 



-p>— ? 



■^ ,^ i 



» 



Just rest your all in the arms of God; 

Just rest your all in the arms of God; 



a >* 



■JtJij S 



^K: 



it 



^q— *- 



^=B=PT^ 



^ 



r- 







When the way you can - not see, He will sure - ly give the vie - to - ry, 
He will lead you o'er the tide, and for - ev - er 'neath His wings to hide, 



tB Wmr mm 






r* 



^ 






m 



If you rest your all in the arms of God. 

If you rest your all in the arms of God. 



lS 



&> 



FFF 



Chorus 



t± 



*$ E 9=mi 



-ft — ft— ft — ft- 



^ J Jjj j l 



g g2I_& 



*=* 



:^=^: 



Just rest your all in the arms of God, 

Just rest your all in the arms of God, 

nllL 'i J^JJ^ * ^JJJJ. 



:&=£ 



*=* E *=?=P?s 



I 



Just Rest Your All in the Arms of Jesus 



*fc 



mNhNF 



P^M 



*— *■ 



^=i 



mz^=t 



-*r—*- 



aj— ^- 



He will guide your feet as on you plod; 

He will guide your feet as on you plod; 

n'V .E.J 







He will keep your soul from harm, in the shel-ter of His lov-ingarms, 



rrFFf 




inr-n 



P 






If you rest your all in the arms of God. 

If you rest your all in the arms of God. 

ft ft J > >- -. -',Vi PJ; 




No. 99 Sing, Work, and Pray 

Dedicated to all young Christian workers 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

J. L. H. in "Living Grace" J. L. Hendrix 




1. Let us sing to - geth - er here, Fill our hearts with hope 

2. Let us work with stead-fast aim, In the bless - ed Sav- 

3. Let us pray to Je - sus now, Heart and knee we'll hum ■ 



and cheer; 
ior's name; 
bly bow; 

A. 




Ev - er true and faith - ful be Un - til Je - sus we 

Help-ing f all - en man to rise To that man -sion in 

Faith-ful to our work of love Till He calls us home 

-A- _ -A- -fr- -A- -A-« ,-f*- -A- -A- _J 



-<S>-' 

shall see. 
the skies. 
a- bove. 



tek=te 



LP A — A 1* t* f« (■ 



t± 



m 



Si 



I 



Back To Bethel 



No, 100 

Oopyright, 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
P. B. S. in "New Songs Supreme" P. B. Shaw 




1. If cares of this life are weight-ing you down and troubles are press-ing sore, 

2. If plea-sures of earth, al - lur -ing you on, are chok-ing the good seed sown, 

3. If you have been drift-ing out to sin's o-cean,think-hig there's time to spare, 



^ 





i^— ■ — m| — wm~~ — n wi ™>-~ — V _ t~^ 



If you have grown careless in the Lord's work and la - bor for Him no more; 
If you have lost touch with all of God's children, spurning the things you've known; 
If you have been wait-ing for the to - mor-row won-der - ful joy to share; 

-z»— m—m — m — pl. 



TT -if- -+-+-^-+- -*- -*- " " ■ ■ 



Then, brother, its time to change and be ho - ly, liv-ing in sweet ac - cord, 



; ^ "i-j* ■♦ tih 



i-t- 






tu±$=$=b=^ 






Like Ja - cob, go back to Beth-el, re-new your cov - e - nant with the Lord. 



eEfe: 



$>4>-W-B-V= 



+ . ♦ tfc 



-*E=fcfc- 



:&=£: 



f^-fc 






I 



Chorus 



fc__^_js_A 



iss^ 



TfflS 



=£5=^-^-4— ^— 3 



^ ~as!~ai!: a 1 3B 



Like Ja-cob, go back to Beth-el and kneel, 

Like Ja-cob, go back to Beth-el and kneel, 



U — 



^fXBJUti 



*=*=£ 



^ 



g 



Back To Bethel 



M 



M^e^^ 



You'll find the Lord wait-ing, read-y to bless, 



at 



And joys a - new yon win Bhare; 



m 



=*_.— ^~ 



5=1 



pii -m J i-<\* ^ jigp 



You'll ang as & bird f rom pris • on set free, 

You'll sing as a bird from pris-on set free, 

tUJ JJJ. £ > jj j ^ - — =^n 



m 



i 



3=£ 



m 



-*--* 



?F=^ 



f 



: S=g ; 



-tt— tf 



rfF 




And yon will keep tell- ing of the Lord's glo-ry shin-hig from Cal - va - ry. 



b frrrrrffff lf 



*=t 



£=t 



1 



m 



*=zm 



-tr-b 



No. 101 



Walking the Gospel Way 



Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Mualc & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. Dwight Brock in "Faithful Guide" V. O.Fossett 




1. The sun is shining brightly, on-ward I jo, Walking the gos-pel way; 

2. I_ walk a-long the pathway, talk to my . 
the 




y v- . - - • DT'Cr 

The Lord is ev-er near the dan-gers to show, Walking the gos-pel way. 

He hears my pleading dai-ly .gives His re-ward, 

I'm praising His dear name because I am free, bless-ed gos - pel way* 



fmmm^lmm 



No. 102 Gome on and Sing 

ToThos.J. Farris 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
H. R. in "Living (Jrace" Hale Reeves 




IS^^iiPpsiB 



1. Come on and Bing ye sol-diers of the Lord, As you tread life's 

2. Come on and sing tho storm-y winds may blow, Lift your voice in 

3. Come on and sing. with all your heart and voice Un-to Christ who 



EEfa: 



Ebb- U- l J-U -b— t? -Eg= p I u_tJ-EE 



-H4 



^U_ U-b-U-4 3=^-y=p =L— U— t7-E 




i z Z C P p u u u u 

wea - ry mile, its wea - ry mile;Come on and sing with hearts in 

gladsome praise, in gladsome praise;Come on and sing when bur - dena 

reigns on high, who reigns on high; Come on and sing and in His 



-F-fer 



- js-^l — 



m 



-^-a*- 



1 — * *— p 



e 



r c f ^t 



i» i» i» *■ 



s 



p_p=p_p=5 



* 



I 



Chorus 



p — I 



^ 



f 



§£3 



*A L >* 4W — a, — ^ 



=^ 



A] Aj AJ 



true ac-cord, Rest is com-ing af - ter while,just af-ter while. 

bend you low, Joy will crown your earthly days,your earthly days.Come on and 

love re-joice Till you're called beyond the sky, the star-ry sky. 



jjg^^ 



t— r f E E ~ I I r 



fjfff, 



fe=*: 



J= 



^ 



-■• — -* — m— 



[Efe=5 



^ = *r = p z T z F i g ~r~ F r^ rTT"^ » 



v u y u v y 

sing, Come on and 

Come on and sing and make His prais - es loud - ly ring, 



:fe 



-W— r* 



fc£f£fe 



K"T- w > -!*■ 



6=fc 



£ 



f 



-tr-tr 



fczzt 



i* 



B 



B=^ 



=» 



:;*=* 



-=Ha- 



unrin? inn? irrirTT * 

sing, And the clouds will 

Come on and sing a hap - py song to Chrbt the King 



Gome on and Sink 



iEB 



h £ F> J 

•al — a s! — arf~rzs 



^ 



Efc 



■=1— *- 



±= r^=r^T-T 



k±=t=^ 



-*3 — ?*— LS— a 

pass you by; Come on and sing, 

will pass you by; Come on and sing and make His 

fe» if f Ik ■ »- f 1 *-W- *- 

^1 H — H 3l 1 1 = r= W= hr- *A , 



£ 



3=r 



tit 



r~ D U U tr 



-l-i ■■ ■ 1-7- 



=£=fc£S 



-fcr-tr 



-St- tc 



S=F= 3 



d2 



^ 



55 



3 



BE 



H 1 1- 



TTfr g f f 



-=i — s- 



■=1 — A- 



nui f f 



e 



Come on and sing, 
prais-es loud - ly ring, . Come on and sing and see the 



*= 



m — (5 — £ — m- 



* ^^ =Z- 



£ 



I=^e£eeI 



3 



fk fi ■ . *UT3 — i — *, — 5^ 



F F FF I U. > JJZ'J 

There's a rain-bow in the sky. 
good in ev -'ry- thing, 

^ g • > L 



*= 



-P — »*- 



up in the sky. 

r» -jj ^ J 



W <*! 



Mt— F T-r =£=g 



£ 



fc 



i 



*=* 



fe 



fLlip. 



F=F 



No. 103 



Sin* His Praise 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Living Grace" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 




P 






:d: 



353 



3=53. 



)^_ „J= 



His 



praise; 



1. Let's all u - nite our voic - es To sing 

2. We know it is our du - ty 

3. Let's use the voice He gave us our bless - ed Sav-ior's praise; 

ff — (*■ 



^f^FFF 



J=t 



P 



a 



=t 



i 1 1— — 1 

m — m — m — I 



3 



-J- 



i 



^-4- 



i 



353 



^3=5 



-«?- 



His 



praise. 



Till ev - 'ry heart re - joic - es, sing 

To grow in grace and beau - ty, 

He sent His Son to save us, our bless - ed Sav-ior's praise. 

■W- ■&- _, -£r -afc- -Ar -A- -A- .1 J 



:r^ = |B=je: 
• I i i— 



£ 



t^=t= 



?5jEE* 



*±=3z 



^ 



£=P 



§1 



No. 104 



What Boundless Love 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W.A. McK. in "Living Grace" W. A. McKinney 

r> „ , 1> — fs — &- 



^ 



-=1 -*- 



$= 



Z3t 



u 



■»~Mnr 



-A- 



y r - " -, 

1. My pre - cious Lord(My Lord)came down from heav-en's glo-(from glo - ry,) 

2. God sent His Son (His Son) to earth to suf - fer for (to suf - fer,) 

3. He paid the price (The price) for all His blood bo't chil- (His chil-dren,) 



Ifc- 



£^&£ 



■S *- 



± 



\=n=& 



A-£- 



azata: 



r 



II 



& 



T^Yf r 



ry (from glo-ry) To (Came to) re-deem a fall - en race, (a fall -en race,) 
me, (to save me,)On (Yes, on) the cross He took my place, (He took my place,) 
dren,(His children,)With(Yes,with)His blood He did a - tone, (He did a- tone,) 



-^_^=jBI 



k^V-K 



P=P? 



■ u g fc 



SP 



p 



Tr-tr-i 






=£ 



-4* — li- 



j x u. 



« 



tr 



Mf 



if * * ■ - y p 

I love to sing (To sing) and tell the grand old sto- (to tell it,) 

Shed His own blood(His blood)to ran-som and to set (to ran-som,) 

He's com-ing back (Yes, backjto take them all to heav- (to heav-en,) 



4=t 



JQEJE 



-3 — s- 






* 



^ 1— tt-H 



::sttj=t=al 



r 



r 



y 



n 



ry, (the sto - ry,)How(Of how) He took the sin-ner's place, (the sinner's place.) 
free, (to free me,)0(Whatlove)whatlove,whatboundlessgrace.(wtiatboun(llessgrac8. ) 
en (to heav-en, )To(Back to) re-ceive them as His own. (His ver - y own.) 

Ja*. 



_■ * ^ — I be k» 



3 — X- 




:i — r 



4* 



rrf 



g 



=1 X- 



y ^ y 

What love for sin-ners, 

What boundless love that He should die for sin 



rr 



a 



-ff=fc: 



:m # — g: 



What Boundless Love^ 



i 



£=fr 



£= £ n .y- 



£=£ 



w 



^=^ 



T#— m 



-» — F — «►- 



r 



F/IT b * >'■ P 



-y 

lost sin - ners, love be - yond de-gree; 

ners, Love, love be-yond de - gree; 

h 




_3 s; 

1 r 



t 



ctM 



HH 






-=1 *- 



3^=zz»z=aS= 



W 



5=*=a 



r— r-r 



: t~r 



u 



*trr 



u , u ■ u " y 

No plan the Fa-ther, 

No oth - er plan could sat - is - fy the Fa 



:p: 



:£=£= 




=£ 



I 



^ 



r^nrr ^ 



=p=^=^ 



e 



r 

our Fa - ther, For all for you and me. 

ther For the sins of you and me. 



=P=^ 



I 



fc=±=»; 



R^ 



By Thy Pow'r Divine 



V u u 
No. 105 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. E. in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 



fr 



. — i S 5Z_ 



4 



S3=i 



:q: 



:d: 



I 



:s- 



■* 



1. Dai - ly, Lord, my faith re - new, Give me strength each task to do, 

2. May Thy love be known thru me, Love that makes the sin - ner free, 

3. Let Thy glo -rious king-dom come, Ev - 'ry-where that man may roam, 



A- 



Wl.-.-l 



? Em, 



?=? 



-©"-^-Fil 1 



W 



t- 



u 



*= 



A — (* — A- 



P 



:t= 



fcsfc 



4=d=pj=d: 



3 



U-y 



fe=$ 



-^: 



jfb fcd — * 



_i — i — — i 1 — 



To Thee keep me al-ways true, By Thy pow'r di - vine. 

Help me, Lord, to work for Thee, 

May we lead the wan-d'rer home, A -men. 



A- 



S& 



=•& 



:t= 



-A-U^- 



:tr_ 



1 1— = 

r— I . 



-A — •»- 



j g W K? M»- 






t^t 



No. 106 Just Mention His Name 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" Albert E. Brumley 







1. Brother, while this world you're traveling thru, speak a lit - tie word for the 

2. If you would some soul to hap - pi -ness lead, you must work and pray, do a 

3. Tell it to the na-tions bowed with de-spair, Je -sus may perhaps be a 



Uk Jk IA— \*k— M. Ukr 1^— IA Uk ilk- -t* Uk Mr 



:± 



r^rr-r^-^nr-ru 



r-r z H d f = S 



f=* 






Si 



^-@- 



4*-W IP- 



£ 



r 



f 



f^rrr 



a* 



Mas - ter true, 
kind - ly deed, 
stran-ger there, Just mention His name, 



Mention His bless-ed name, 



mention His 







f= 



mention His name; Man - y are the ones that wan-der in sin, 

Spread the mes-sage till the dark-ness shall fall, 

name; Nev - er fear the rag - ing storms that be - tide, 

A A A— ^ .*— 



-^ =, — = — A — m — (*— = 

tztz=KZ=tez=^=(zz=[i r — S=U: 



t=t=fc: 



t: 



?=r rW 3 






dk 



i 



:&=&: 



1 N N'T 

1-ikH-A— ^ 



" 3 J J i - 



:5=zzrz^==« 



^g^rg-T 



just a lit-tle word might bring them in, 

tell them of the One who died for all, 

preach the gospel sto - ry far and wide, Just mention His name, 



Mention His bless-ed 



ta= 



"t* — 1^~ 















name, men-tion His name. Men-tion His bless-ed 

men-tion His name. Just men-tion His name, 

J£ -~S -»*- -*»- -^" -^H -*•- 



: f=5 : 



^ 






_l li 



j*=ctE 



-a — a — f— i — t— 



Just Mention His Name 



u= 




And His great 



Stfe 



And His great love ev - er pro-claim;Whis - per a 

love ev - er pro - claim; 

« J' .frJ J 3 fa - s - R -" * ~ - 



£= 



■i- 



=0=3* 



3= 



-dfc Uk 



h k. rs D.S. 




kfe 



pr ay 'r and preach it by word lest there be some-one that's nev - er heard, 



kt — [fc — ** — t* — g — }*■ — * — a. — to— |-ia — ia — y — fcj jj* 



-D — ^ — ^ — w — t — rrrrv-t^ 



No. 107 



I'm Going There 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ftg. Co. 
H. L. T. in "Living Grace" H. L. Trammel 







- — i — i — « 
tr-tr — t r— H? 

1. I read of heav - en far a - way, 

2. Ce-les-tial world, en -tice me on, I'm go - ing there, I'm go - ing there; 

3. When I am there a mil - lion years, 



j ttjiJS -k -ferJE 



^=43: 



§ 



ess 



iii 



i& 



Cho. -This world has lost its charm for me, Mytho'tsare on e - ter - ni - ty; 
h D.C. for Chorus 




V 1. U W 

My soul shall live with Christ for aye, 

To shout and sing a-round the throne, I'm go - ing there, I'm go - ing there. 

I'll feel no pain, I'll see no tears, 



s*2=s=S=eS±5'=5E: 



,it:Trfff , f :Hrr,th 



m 



And now my song shall ev - er be, 



V — p— £— i-m 



ISo. 108 



I am fTappy Today 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Living Grace" L. D. Huffs tu tier 



SE 



=*c 



-£ 



~£=^ 



»|^^ 



m 



^$ 



^t 



s 



1. My feet are so glad to walk with my King, 

2. My hands want to serve each hour of the day, 

3. My heart wants to love Him more ev-'ryhour, , 



mm 



t— t— a - ■■!-■ 



•a^ ,^ ^ 



IP 



E=3 



EB: 



ftr 



p; 



±s 



Ses 



ft^tefr 



w b TTTulTST 



fc=5: 



^m 



^as 



My voice nev-er tires His prais-es to sing; 

My lips want to tell of His nar-row way; 

My soul would be kept by His might-y pow'r; 



SP^i 



m 



-=» — *- 



w rr 

-\-,—m-m 



pi-PS-S 



tiff 



^Hg,|-T: 



P=P= 



it=b 



fe 



& 



-W to — 



.0 * — I 






a 



^ 



U-v p P 1/ 



Be - fore Him each day my knees hum-bly bow, 

My ears want to hear His voice tell me how, 

What-ev - er the cost I would pay my vow, 



i^frfir 




•nrcmr 



All praise to His name, for I'm hap-py now. 

All praise to His name, I'm happy now. 



m* 



* 



9Sm- 



cZ&MdMl 



I 



**-* 



Tf^-j g= rr -Mr¥ 



£ 



tctt 



tfc 



f5 



& 



Chorus 



B& 



■^l— *— *— i 



B — =1- 



-=1- 



- J^h F 



m 



m^ 



Glad to-day, I am free, 

I am hap - py to - day, for my spir - it is free 

-*- -m- -m- -m- -m- -*- 



|i r^ £-i 



3=t 



m 



I am Happy Today 

4— £ 



^t— ^ =■< ** ^4- 



;^=fe£ 



I 



Bonds of sin, dread for me, 

And the f et-ters of sin have noter-ror for me, 



PS£ 



1 



sg 



-=t-h (— 

■=1— Iter* k=r 



4S"? 



I J — y- 



^& 



t=FS 



» 



=^£ 



-I— p 



s 



^^5- 



J2=± 



— — * — ff — * — ^- 



-+»■— (*> 



$=t=$=*=PF 



IT 



Trav 'ling home, nar-row way, 

I am trav - el - ing home in the narrow straight way, 



S5£ 



a — ^> — a — ■ 

kto the fcc 1 

t— z=E3 



£ 



:t 



y — v 



*£ 



1 



lfe& 



a 



3=E^=f: 



r^r^r 



Jsi2: 



^-h* 



izsJ" 



^Tftrt c 



y^= 



Carols sing, I amhap-pyto - day. 
Joy-ful carols I sing, tru-ly hap-py to - day. 

fe^ j JJ J4J-J 



A A , J^ttl 



M 



*=£ 



*£=g_»rte_iE^r: : 



£SS 



2 



: P 



I 



No. 109 



Praise Him 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Living Grace" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 




i 



SUP^PP^H^ 



4=*: 



1. Join your voice in singing Praise to God a-bove, Keep the glad tones ringing 

2. Ev-'ry earth-ly pleasure Soon must pass a- way, Let this be our treasure 

3 . Earth should be a-bounding With a song of praise , Ech-oes all re-sounding 



em 



1 



B3 



:£=(*=£: :^ 



W— W 



f=r^T- 



1 — t- 



|r'fe-rj*.r: 




Fine Chorus 



=t 



i 



D.S. — Un - to Christ our Savior, 
D.S. 



£ 



m 



3: 



« 



' g? ' ^ 



J 7 



rp 



From a heart of love. Praise Him, praise Him, Lift your voice and sing 

Sing-ing praise to-day. 

Thru our pil-grim days. the Sav-ior, the Sav-ior, 



•r.-F t- 



■A— W — A A 



g££^« g 



. g g~g~g 



|pzfc=fc;:ffis 



p_SE 



t^t^rr 



£=f 



Make His prais-es ring. 



No. 110 



Tis Enough for Me to Know 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Living Grace" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 




£ gbJ4##=£ ^# 




1. Tho I see not what's before me, doubts and fears make pathways dim, 

2. Tho the temp-ter is ap-pear-ing and my cour-age al - most fails, 

3. When my stay on earth is end - ed and I face the Jor-dan wide, 



-|-K Be k Be 3; • 



mmmm m^^m 



When the storm-y winds of sor - row round me blow, a-round me blow; 
When I can -not un - der-stand the an - gry foe, the sin - ful foe; 
Know-ing not which way my lone - ly bark must go, my bark must go; 



-+-^ 



1 



I 



fet*=£ 



-EL 



E^£ 



:t 



^=rf=FPf 



=± 




gE^=^^^r^£j 



■f* 



There is One who watch-es o'er me, so I place my trust in Him, 
Lo I feel my Lord is near-ing, for an earn -est pray 'r a -vails, 
By His breez - es I'll be wend-ed, safe - ly land on Ca - naan's side, 

-m- -r*- H^ 3^ -(*- ^^ -J*- "l^" 



m 



*==p= 



m 



ft 



-mm 



BeE^S 



1st 



-V 



£ 







■'-£4 *k m *»*- 

1&2 And I find it is e - nough for me to know. 

3 I shall just one more step to know. 



fffic c i cirrt 



j^i'-j j 



1 



! 



FE=e=rT=F 



: ^- 



V V 



Chorus 



mm^& ^M 



1=3 — 3=3— Z J = * 



3 



-^— **— *" 



'Tis e-nough for me to know, 

'Tis e - nough for me to know, Our dear 

l4-r— »- f^ zzz^ = 



f=f 



f 



^gg 



f 



'Tis Enough for Me to Know 




fe E h — f t 



ft IN t 



i 



-ft — ft — ft- 



^=^ 



-« — « — « — «- 

-*W 4U A' *i- 



Our dear Lord did love me so That His Son He gave 

Lord did love me so On - ly Son He gav« 



■8/JJ1 



=(— *- 



iJJJJ 



£=^EgEE 



e 



?5 



-A— S- 



-p — h 



S=^t- 




^ 



e^= 



=1=2= 



^=2^t 



*=d=* 



r^ 



my lost soul to save, Who a great - er love could show? 

pre-cious soul to save, Who a great-er for a sin-ner show? 



eg 



m 



SE^E^rf 



i> U W U F 



r 111 *- 



:b 



Me 






*= 



^ 



i»fr-*- 



^ 



-=1 — s- 



'\ «^ 



-3 — -J — £ 



-^ — m> — m> — * 

Tho I do not un - der-stand 

Tho I do not un- der-stand What my 

xJJh, X ,1 J J J J 



^fe 



fi 



-<* H 






eeE 



1 



tr-tr- 



tr-^- 



tr-tr 




— i — 3 — ♦—• •( — « — « — ♦ — ♦- -^ — 



« — « — •*- 

Ai A Jfa- 



What my Lord for me has planned, So by faith I pray 

Lord for me has planned, Faith I humbly pray 

xJJJ- q 1JJJJ 



S 



-he— Ite kc 



S=i 



=h m- — w — i— 



-A— «- 



-y- 



fcfcj^ ; 



H 



-ft— pi 



5=5: 



A! »M A J- L ^ ^ * ^- L ZJ a» 



fcirw 



that He leads the way, 'Tis e-nough for me to know. 

leads me all the way, 'Tis e-nough for just one mare step to know. 

ft 



SEE 



> >. K he— » 



J^JUj 



3S 



:p=P=p: 



£ 



:t 



FFFFF^ 



No. 111 



Goin& to Heaven 



Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music 'and Ptg. Co. 
Rev. 0, S. Jones in "Pearly Gates" Virgil O. Stamps 




1. In the path of beau - ty I am trav-'Iing now, Since the bless-ed 

2. Once I lived in sad- ness and my heart was lone, But my Sav-ior 

3. No more days of sor - row shall af - feet my soul, No more doubt and 



I 



=£ 



-.j- 



m 



r— F- t F = &— tr- F=F 



^E 



sfc, 



C~ tT 



rrnr 




^ 



_S- -£j. .J- 



-ft-^ 



^ 



3=g Ljz^E g=SMs 



Sav - ior touched my heart with love; Joy is ev - er pres - ent for the 
found and took me in His care; He the shad- ows lift - ed, shed His 
sad - ness bow my spir - it low; I am trust- ing Je - sus and will 




way is bright, I will fol - low Je - sus to my home a - bove. 
light a - round, Now I glad - ly fol - low Je - sus an - y - where, 
not turn back, I am hap-py as t ' ward Beu - lah - land I 



j; 



-a- -a- -a- 



1 



£*£ 



go. 



t 



m 



;=f 



i 1 i 



Chorus 



=£2 



^m 



3 



■g j ■ n ■ n — 



* 



«r-r-r 



what a hap - py day when Je - sus washed a - way All my 

All my guilt - y 




stains, 



stains.my guilt-y stains,0 praise Him, 



Gone all my sad dis- tress, and on - ly 



£ 



Tf 



^m 



S 






■*- 1= 



Goin£ to Heaven 



~P P h ; 


n 1 r ~ 4 ~ 










*- 


7 


/\ tn J 


^j a 


^j 














ffh JJ H <J 


EI m 




p» 








aa J. 




\M/ *■ ^ *K 


I W w 








h. 




r r 


P*- - 


a r r • i i . u 

hap - pi - ness, Now re - mains; 
re - mains, now on - 

-*- -Ar *. -A- -afc- -A- -A- -*|- 




hap- 


pi - 


ness 
5? 


re-mains 


I'm 


/*"• * 


■ r 


1 ■■ 




flPJ. 




i V L 






(•• 






— *• 




^— ' / 


^ 1 


k i i 






r 




▲ 










r ' i 




s 


fcr 






"t J 








1 


U 






~w 


u 




V 



± 



jF&mt ^^m 



± 



lij'f, r * 



f^ 



Joy-ful-ly bless- ing Him, glad- ly con - fess-ing Him, Lord and 

my Lord and 




PSPPii 



-&— p 


v» >• %» 


B J J^r^ 


King, 

-Ac- 


u S u u u P u 

I am con - f ess - ing glad - ly, 


hal - le ■ lu - jah, I'm 

t 

-jA- -A- -A- -A- -A- 


r^ — k 


— L L — L — ta — L — J 


£s E= 


»\ «N »S 


;i i ^-d=#=M 



5 



^ 



s 



j ,J x J x ■■ ! 



-^z 



# 



C--r;.F -ir 



r~r r ? r~r~ir 



go - ing to heav - en, And sing, sing, sing. 

for - ev - er, ev - er sing. 

" A " " ! * n "^ " A * "*" * eg ^ J I 



P 



^ 



S 



^ 



1? 



Coda 




I'm go - ing home, I'm go - ing home, I'm go - ing home to die no more. 






-If-f T 1 J 



No. 112 I am Seeking a Gity 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Living Grace" V. O. Fossett 






u L» 

1. I'm a pil - grim and stran-ger in this low-land of sin, 

2.1 could ne'er be con -tent- ed just to trav - el al - way, I am 

3. Tho the path-way be - fore me may be rug - ged and steep, 




a^^H 



Z Z \> L> 

seek-ing a ci - ty fair; 



I shall la - bor with patience, 
I am seek-ing a coun-try 
so bright and fair; Je -sus prom-ised to guide me 






strive the life-crown to win In that ci-ty that's built foursquare. 

where for-ev - er I'll stay 

and this prom-ise He'll keep that's built foursquare. 






j yUUU 



SBF e Firnr^l'^'^'-M 



P 



Chorus 



fV-£- 



£ -^, 1 



-«- 



-+-3 — *- 



P^*= 



-ft — i- 



2 — i — <*h 



Seek that ci - ty built four-square, 

I am seek-ing that bright ci - ty built foursquare, For L 

X *_!!_* *_^L_X JL J J J J X ,, 



1*==== 



'D~tr 



h — TTi— 



« 



:t=f=P=T 



trtrtr 



£ 



=P 



;t«zuBZ3tzac:«zz: 



^ 



=5F 



-=4— *- 



■ W 1 X- 



I've a man-sion o-verthere, He 

know I have a mansion o-ver there, Christ prepared for me a 

t „s «ix JLJ1 J 1 «N x ..-ix 



fc* 



£S 



fe 



-b— x-»— i 



-±z 



^— A— I p* — 



I am Seeking a Gity 



& r» r* 



fez4^J=z& 



=m — *- 



ft— PHg- 



-< J-«I- 



■H— 



fe 



loved me, I love Him, Live 

place where I'll look up - on His face And shall live with Him for- 



fe=E 



=£=*= 



E-fe 



*SS 



&f= Z: g- 



^ 



-f^— X~ 



^^ 



j 1 x - 



J 1 X - 






and e'er be free from care; Joy waits 

ev - er free from care; the joy that's waiting in that home on 



tr i x 



*j> ft r> 



FT" X M g 



fc T TT^=^' 



-^ — i- 



=£=£ 






r 



in that home on high, Meet to 

high, When we meet to sing His praise be-yond the 



m 



i±- U t k =£ 



ft: 



-=i — X- 



1 7-fc r u ^— U =t 



=^NN-* 



•fr-fr 



£ 



^ i x 



-h — ■*« — x- 



■Ai-F- 



*—*■ 



loved me, I 



sing be-yond the sky, He 

sky, Just a few more days to wait till I pass the pearl-y 



S 



h&E^^E^^^^z 



g i x 



-K-fr- 



-CMrf- 



-Cr-ir 



v y 



ft ft x - 



3 



* 



4M> 



i^^^=^ 



-■< — a 



Si 



^~ t7 C w tr IT r 



love Him, In that ci - ty built foursquare, 

gate, En-ter * in -to that bright ci-ty built foursquare. 

K -Pi 1- 



^SEE 



-=> — x- 



1 



i^ 



r* 



>-*i f-r 

1 — g 



No. 113 Evangel Bells, Ring On 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. 
B. B. Edraiaston in "Living Grace" 




*Hh * — 9 — 3 — =J- 



d= 



i 



-£--£ 



Co. 
W. M. Daniel 

-J— 4- 



-*— in 



p: 



1. won-drous mes-sage of sal - va-tion, That came to earth thru Cal - va- 

2. In faint-ing hearts, by sor - row bro-ken, Ee - vive the pre-cious flame of 

3. Let ev - 'ry love-born soul keep tell - ing The mes-sage of the Sav-ior's 



« 






!^=4 



b-4=-^ — U — n*— R*" 



^fe2^^zfi=-4n-_,ri L- i _ 1 =z i -==|: 



— I I I 1-V- 



Kjf 



:q: 



&=3£r-*-*—*z 



ry, Sweep o - ver ev - 'ry dy - ing na - tion, E- van -gel bells, 
love; Let mer-cy's mes-sage glad be spo-ken, 

love; The might-y cho - rus loud - er swelling, the ti - dings 

h 



m 



££e£ 



H»t 1 J J J 



-<s> — *-•■ 
^ 1 — I — 



k£t— kfc-Wk P« hrr 



fe£ 






:p: 




^ ,D - 






■t=fcri=g=t3=q=n=£3 



«i * ♦ «> — -* 



ring 



on; 



Sub - due the noise of con - flicts 

May sweet se - cu - ri - ty be 

of peace, ring on, in love ring on; The bat -tie for the right keep 

fifths p>hRs 



F 



P 






^ 



^S 



fc 



-ti— I H — I h 

|a i ^k a —a* 



3td 



US 



^ 



rag -ing, And dealing death to all the world; Our hearts a -new to Truth en- 
giv - en, And brotherhood a-mong all men; Peal out re -demption's song from 
pressing, O'er all the world proclaim the news; Till all the na-tions own God's 



r 1 E U ~tr 



K— r*- 



D.S.— Lift up the 




3* 



of loy - al 
Fine 



=r--ft 



m 



v = *-t^ = ti = s = FrT&Ti 



gag - ing, E - van-gel bells, ring 

heav - en, 

bless-ing, the tid-ings- of peace, ring on, in love ring on. 



-I — )r 



4- F- — F^F \ & <S> * — •-+1H — * — •— I 



eer-vice, 



3± 



Chorus 

-=1 — * 



Evangel Bells, Ring On 



JU-J^JL 



■*-^ 



^ 






m 



^5^¥ 



■*—*- 



The mes-sage ring 



v 
Ring the news in ev - 'ry land, 

in ev - 'ry land, Where it is 

-A — m — A- 



:£=£: 



tk- 



n— *- 



■q — K— W 



£ 



> 1 



■4-S- 



frE 



£=£ 



nn 



f^fN 



-* 



^ 



£ 



^ — *- 



3t=4 



\) V " 

Where 'tis known sweet peace it brings; 

known, sweet peace it brings; Teach all the 



3^u 



fcfc 



« 



£^ 



-=1 £- 



* 



V— -A 



J^ Jjl ^ 



ft-J*. 



-*i — * 



fe££ 



-3— W- 



f^E3 



:.#e- 



f* 



■if r vi- 

Teach the world to un-derstand, Crown the Son 

world to un-der-stand, And crown God's Son 

ft„ ft ^ 



I T A 



-A—*"- 



£ 



-si — S- 



g-^ j g - W— jfe 



i± 



-=] — h — E- -T *1 fr - I I J » 



:t: 



:s=i*3£ 



P= 



-P— V- 



U-b u * 



-It 






* 



the King of kings; Send the light of 

the King of kings; Send out the light of sav - ing 

-i I ft.J> 



PI B iPI 



:£=£: 



^~-^- 



P» — ^ — =4- 



5=V=^ 



Me 



&-PL 



fe=d=3t^ 



H", ft- 

I 1 I 



^ 



o.s. 




-4=2- 



— i =j — | m — , 



■#i *) 



f 



sav - ing love, Till from hearts the night is gone; 

love, Till from our hearts the night is gone; 



zfc 



-A— (V- 



£ 



* 



j U.yJ . JV 



D 



r y e a g=& 



fe^Eg^=^ 



No. 114 My Guiding Star 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



R. E. A. 



;&S 



,i_fs_e_i — p 



in "Living Grace" 
ft 



Robt. E. Arnold 



5= 



T-^j— mi— *— *r 



it 



qr^nSz^E 






1. Born of the Vir - gin Ma - ry, Conceived by the Fa - ther a - bove; 

2. Whenbnt a boy He led them, Great knowledge of scriptures did show; 

3. Then when they sought to slay Him, They found in Him no fault or blame; 



tefff 



*=*: 



£=£ 







at 




Born in a man-ger low - ly Was Je - sus the heav-en - ly Dove, 
Mul-ti-tudes thronged to see Him, And followed where'er He might go, 
Between two thieves they hanged Him, While loved ones were blessing His name, 



■s-f 



m 



£=to5=i^ii=ii=F 



-rrrrFF 



?-$±Z±: 



$ 



H J J ^^-j J ^-r J S J ^F * f e^F—*—*- 






Star shin - ing o'er the man-ger, 
He was their King, their leader, 
He died that day to save us, 

J-J\ & U 



fcF 



J F— ^ 1 1- -h — ^ 



^ 



Led peo -pie to Him from a - far; 
His fame spread to lands near and far; 
That our record have naught to mar; 



# 



"*■ "*■ "!♦- 

-i 1 3K— 



U U fe 



-T^U 



fe* 






y L L- L- 



They came to see Christ Je - sus, 
Was He not King and Sav - ior? 
That's why I'll ev - er praise Him, 



For He was their guid - ing star. 
Yes, He was their guid - ing star. , 
For He is my guid -ing star. 



My Guiding Star 



I* 



Chorus 



^ 



h h 



~W f *- 



£ 



4s_^ 



-ft-fi-ft- 



■I f g 



_ g-A! — AL 



£=± 



Je - sua is now my true guid-ing star ev - er, He is now guid-ing me 
He's my guid-ing star, Guid - ing 



m& 



i 



*_4i 



-I- 



& 



BUS is 



£ 



^ 



F=F^ 



-i*— 



Je 



my guid-ing star He draws me to 



Him 



®=3 







fe£^r=£^ 



*3S 



from a- far, In Him I'm hid -ing, all to Him con - fid- ing, There's 



m 



w 



i 



■qfc. 



■■r - r t ^j t- -f 1- ./& 



^=£ 



■) r lA iA- 



TT . 1~ T ~ 



I* H» M M- 



:£=d 




M> — P — P— n rv— j q^^u J J -f* P — g — ^l 



y p 

noth - ing my way now to bar, 



Bk. 



Je - sus is now my true 
He's my 



BBS 






* 



I 



f=~ 



•r- 



£=£ 



Je 



my 



*-fr— bar— *fc 



1 1. I. k K— L 9— W— +-*— ^ H C-_-_K_ 



P P P p 

guid-ing star ev - er, He is now guid-ing me from a -far, In Him I'm 
guid-ing star, Guid - - ing 



■<+■ *- -J- *? 



£fc* 



I a I 



t" 



-w> f 



-h- -<♦- -^*- 



^=t«=ie: 



fcfc 



guid-ing star 



-ft— ft — ft 



He draws me to Him 



M 



£-&- 



.£__£__£ 



S— ?— g— y-fepgrfl 



pi — « — « — 2 



■*fc^d.— ^: 



pttzarzst: 



■^— *i- 



trust-ing, life to Him ad-just-ing,For He is my true guid ing star. 

-m- -m- -*- -*- -m-Bm- -f- -•■-?*- -m- -m- -m- 

T- It f .f 1 rf^t7 I" -r_ -tr_1=i4=-- 



No. 115 I Heard my Name on the Radio 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A.E. B. in "Living Grace" Albert E. Brumley 

f-j* J) ., El-Jl—N— Ph 



j^j^ggggg g^^B 



TFnr^^ 



1. I was lis - ten - ing in to a ra - di - o 

2. There are man - y dear friends wait - ing np in 

3. I am go - ing to join in that eel - e- 



sat 



m 



-EztzExEiE 



E) 3 S p l> 17 * * p r 



p m * • — — &— 



± 



ifc 



^rfffflr 



sta ' 

glo 

bra 



tion, o'er the sea, To the heav-en-ly choir. 
• ry, glo - ry land, On - that far a - way strand 
tion, o - ver there, When my jour - ney is o'er.. 



m 



-J> J! 



*f$HJ£ 



r 







wn 



Li tf H L> w I* 



singing sweet and low; And it seemed that I heard . 

where no tempests blow; They are beck-on-ing me, . . 

in this world be-low; From that heav-en-ly throng. 




S£S 



witff 



0# K. h K. 








8: 






mhtjhf-^ 


— h- 


— rv 


=^ ■ J-* 


-tt-TS^ 


=e= 


fa - mil - iar voic ■ 
I hear them soft 
I've had an in - 

mfe P r^ 


— i — - 

—m — 
es 

• if. 

VI - 


— — 

call - 
call - 

ta- 


— a- 1 a 

z~j v r - 

ing just for me, 
ing, an - gel band, F 
tion on the air, 

JV- > *P ■ J» 


or 


-*} — * — 

I heard 

A A- 


-a . ■ 

my 


1 ff-H - " 




t 


— A-= A 


B 


r+- 


=y 


I ■ u 





I Heard my Name on the Radio 



H^S 



Fine 



1 



E 5 B y P U 



name on the ra - di - o. 

8ome-bod-y called my name on the ra.- di.- o. 



K 



ri|^r^ ^ 






y b b 

t Chorus w I 



^ 



^^#5^^ 



-i - i e — e — e — e — ^ — tr — •-t—^-+ 

I heard my name on the ra - - di- 

Some-bod - y called my name 



P-=f *- 



ja> at. 

_a »_ 



B?¥ 



k ja 1 ^k_: — 'f*. — 1* "l p ZfZ 

ft-ft- 



-ft-B- 



5fc= 



3 ; 



Aj — 

■ ■ » 1 



p p 1 u tr 



o, And the voice that I heard 

on the ra - di - o, And the voice that I heard 



. y . r»--T % 



==1=4= 



£==j: 



-A — Uk — «k- 



£— (*—!*— I* 



r— r— *■- 



fc£ 



±=lMt==tt=tt=tc=b 



iMfefcite 




=d£— S(=2 



r- 



y B u 



« 






whispered sweet and low; Well, it must have 

whispered sweet and low; 

0- -»*- ^ &*- -*- ■#- W*- &c -^- -0- 



£= 



3= 



4=4=3=: 



4= 



85 



«= 



t: 



=£=£=* 






D.S. 



P 



"Iff 



F * 



r 



5= 



-gL _ ■ 



been some-one I used to know 

Well, it mustbave been that I used to know 

*K- -0- "»K- 



fc£ 



t 



TTT 






±: 






MNo. 116 



I Know I'll Live Again 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Living Grace" W. Lee Higsins 



—J- --w- --— - -~j- JS. --J- ll 



_^. _^. -^ 

1. I know I'll go some-time to a home sub-lime When shall end this 

2. I'll la - bor in the field, gath - er in the yield, For my King di- 
3. 'Twill not be ver - y long till I join the throng On the oth - er 



g=g=^=gi 




« 



I* — j* — j* — *— ^ — 9 — * 



m 



Efe 



S 



race, this race, My Lord will call for me from a - cross the sea, 
vine, di - vine, He prom-ised me" a home 'neath a star-ry dome, 
side, yon side, But I must nev - er shirk, faith -ful - ly must work 

.ft ft ft ft ft-r^ *- 



s=£ 



i 



t=t=t= 



I 



SEE 



■m — m » — » x 

i — i — v~ d — r 




3^ 



-*-—+- 



-■- -m- -m- v 



#* 



"T 



ice; That da] 



3 



Trf* -*- * Trf- 



Z^Efc 



I shall look on His face, His face; That day is draw - ing near 
It some day will be mine, be mine; So while I tar - ry here 
For my Lord and my King.my King; Un - til this race is run, 

i : ^r"=g=gzz:g==g=E ~ :==: ^ =: =? :=:= fc=f^ — f — g — ?rfE 



t 



£ 



I 



p= 



5^5 



1- 




i^^il=i^^^^^ 



b"" ^ I I l I 

but I have no fear Christ will take me in, me in, Tho I must 
in this val - ley drear, Try to help lost men, lost men, This life shall 
come the set - ting sun, Souls I'll try to win, to win, Death's vaWey 

m Z£- --- J J -m- -Mr 




suf - fer death when I lose my breath, But I know I'll live 

pass a -way, cold my bod -y lay, 

I must tread, men will say I'm dead, sure 



m 



frt i 



t: 



=N^^ 



f"T?«U C 



t=5t= 



£ 



ly live a - gab. 



fe 



I Know I'll Live Again 



Chorus 




Yes, I know I'll live a -gain When life for 
I know I'll live a - gain When eartn-ly life for me is 



m 



s «LJ_«L 



JLJ^J. 



feE£ 



m 



& 






tt± 



trtr 



-H— H -—t-^-H-H --j 



=T 



~w — i 



: ^— 5 — ? 



•H — ^ -w- 



me is o'er, And my soul be free from sin When 

o'er, My soul be free from sin When I shall 

J J J x J J J J J J J «L 



H^^p^^^^^^^^ 




1=4 n * 

<i M * j A. 



3=2F 



I land on that shore; Je - sus shed His 

land on that fair shore; Christ shed His blood for 

J J J X J J J- J 



rw 



£ 



tr 



& 



e 



=t 



s ^ *jl ^ R 



i=HI 



a — a~ 



ES 



blood for me That I a crown might win, 

me That I a robe and crown might win, When 

j: j j j - » . v J j J »: 



fe=f~r*H js =r = 'F 



S 



£ 



-v— tr 



? Z * i — At — a;- 



5 



3 1 

« — • — ♦( 



•5^d^=3^ 



a a a 



When from earth -ly pris-onfree I know I'll live a-gain. 

from this pris-on free I know that I shall live a - gain. 



'^m 



fU^'g-g-gv^fr^ 



^ 



No. 1 17 The Ship That Will Never Gome In 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G. P. in "Living Grace" Luther G. Presley 



:x —m — « — « — m— *-m h .J — m— h% — m — * — * — ■* — w-b+— l — — — 



1. Broth-er if you want to live in glo - ry yon-der where the sun will 

2. If you want to sing and shout ho.- san - na yon-der on the fi - nal 

3. If you want to walk and talk with Je - sus yon-der on the shin - ing 




not go down, 

judg-ment day, 

streets of gold, Just trust the love 



Just trust the love 



that saves from 



w 



±=t 



£ 



f=F 



^ 



^t 



-ft 1 1- r. ft ~ft ~ 

■9- -♦- -*- -♦- -♦mjRJ- -9- /^ w 



r 



that saves from sin; If you put your trust in world- ly pleas-ure 

If you think that He will not re-mem-ber 

sin; ' If you come with all your gar-ments spot-ted 

-m — a- 




£. 4, — ^ — #-H#-LS ™ H 



rrtv^t 



mm 



thinking you at last may win a crown, 

how you failed to trust Him and o - bey, 

thinking you will en - ter heaven 's f old, You are waiting for a ship 

-K- -^- -*- 



You are 



t=£ 



g — j* — j* — g * — g~~r 



1H-1H- 



-y— i 



-p— p- 



*=£ 



±S=EE 






fcfi 



i=* 



Wj gp j hqj 



^±3: 



(■P -^ 4 



:=J: 



waiting for a ship that will nev - er come in. 



iTTTfr TC ^ 



S3 



that will nev - er come in. 



A 



pm 









The Ship That Will Never Gome In 



Chorus 



& 



m 



N-W 



=^ & 



EF- S-JUft- 



*=$= 



jtiZJZZM 



:*P=* 



m& 



-i * b b b b bti L> • 

You are wait-ing for a ship that will nev-er come 

Yon are wait-ing for a ship 



IE 



-*- 



t=tfr=tt 



:£-t=f 



1 



w^-fY^-^ x ~^~Tf~^ 



-^ 



-i^= 






gt£ 



■ff-trtr-tr-5-^-* 



i irinj itf 



in, At the har-bor of doubt 

that will nev-er come in, At the har-bor of doubt 



g& 



as 



4K-_«_ 



s 



»fr-j g=fc=ig 



ff-Ft-f 



*-*- 



* b b 



E> 



£3= 






,N h 



s 



^5+ 



are the breakers of sin; If you trust in the pleasures 

are the breakers of sin: 



S£g£ 



g-g;f t 



gE^gEp g£gE|EgEgEEEi^^^ E 



4Ul 



4=3=5: 






that al - lure to bring you a peace that is se - cure, You are wait-ing for a 




-fct be *K~ 



^= l7 ~ tr~rr g 



1 



&fc£= 



to£fe 



I 



^=^za^ 



=£ 



3d" 



"b rrc r? 



shi 



rTTm r 

in that will nev-er come in. 

You are waiting for a ship that will nev-er come in. 



JL& 



.ft .ft 



s^g^^m^ 



y— tf- 



f5 



t 



1 



No. 118 Sing, ye Pilgrims 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Pig. Co. 
J. L. S. in "Living Grace" John L. Shrader 



fcjs: 



fi^^P^- 









2g" 



s 



* 



•-^--i-tr 



1. There's a land of pure de- light o - ver on that shore, Where the saved shall 

2. Man - y loved ones we shall see when we cross the tide, With them in that 

3. When the Sav- ior comes a - gain on some morn-ing fair, We shall rise a- 










*^M 






sweet -ly rest when this life is o'er;Bells of joy will ring a - loud 

hap - py land we shall e'er a - bide; Lit - tie Da - vid we shall hear 

bove this world meet Him in the air, Shout-ing.sing - ing will be heard 

" -F- 



P3EEt= 






ft A> 



— i « — n — ri — i — i 



£ 



feN 



-*i — ' 



— — ♦" — ♦> — ♦>■ 



• — "^ 



on that morning fair, When the saints ar-rive at home heav-'nly joy to share, 
play his harp of gold, On that love - ly morning fair where we'll ne'er grow old. 
ao we sail a - long, To that ci - ty of pure gold with that heav'nly throng. 



t=t 




H±^L=2 i>L-V-J~ 



^=^=*- 



ling, He 

jst-ing Je - sus our King, He will lead 



ing Je - bus our King, He will lead yon safe 

Trust-ing Je - bus our King, He will lead, 



* — X- 



Sing, ye Pilgrims 



JUlJUE^ 



at3E 



f=g g g g r q^— r— $-»-» 



home, 

He will lead yon safe home, 



To His grid - ing hand 

To Him cling, 



=t=t 



£=£ 






I r. 



SeeE 



» 



=f0c-fe — E 



-=i — *- 



^ 



^fe^^i^^li^ 



1?— F%- 



t-f 



1 — r 



cling, Best is wait - ing you 

to His grid - ing hand cling, Best, sweet rest, 

-S — : "~— ^ 



s=£ 



F=P — T=T 



-*■ 



fc 



i 



i 



3fe 



^"t 1 ? 



^=*=a 



e m; u rr 



r r p ^» 



there, When life's jour - ney 

rest is wait -ing you there, When, yes, when, 



^JJlJ liI^^^^^^^ 



$ 



i — ^*4j^J^ g 



(V-MR- 



p g n c -r~T r c ^ * 



£? ■■{?■ ?. P A 



o'er, Keep true cour-age, press on, 

when life's journey is o'er, Keep,0 keep, keep true courage.press on, 

-A- -A- -A- -aJ- 



m 



*=« 



Ft 



S^P 



P^ 



~ -i x 






t ri r-Sr-S 



.5: 



*T= 



# 



£e£EEE 



^ 



•* I 



r r E * 5 ' C (Tir'tr-f^ 

To that beau-ti - ful shore. 

To, yes, to that heav - en - ly shore. 



*= l I it E 5 Li te = a 8 — g 



P*= 



pi 



No. 119 



m Walk the Glory Highway 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg.-Co. 
Mrs. Lucy Phillips Sims in "Living Grace" W.Allan Sims 

r* r> e 






+1 gg; 



^ 



1. While walking on the glo -ry high-way Je-sus fills me with a song 

2. The road that's al-ways straight and narrowis the one that we must go, 

3. This glo - ry high-way leads to heaven whe're the streets are paved with gold, 



iS^ 



BE 



fr-4j s 



y v y y y 



~y u 5 ^~ 



g 2 — rT-9^-^-^^-^-n^^ JJT 



I am hold-ing His hand ev - 'ry day; He soft - ly tells me of that 
It is paved with His won-der - ful love; With courage true, let us 
It is shin - ing with beau-ty so rare; We'll be so hap-py there with 



SfeE! 



:pE^E^ 



m 



jfc_jS- 



-y- 



-p — IV — V— V- 



m — tr 



FT 



t=t 



f¥P 



y y 



2— m — v — v- L v— v— v ^ — h v i v— v — t 




home a-bove,ofheav-en's happy throng, I shall join them if faithful I stay. 
fol-low,try our love for Him to show, Let Him lead us to heaven a - bove. 
Je-sus, heaven's granduer to be-hold,Own a mansion our Lord did prepare. 




Chorus 



» 



d=^: 



? 



-=»—«- 



I 



St 



4-4- 



!£z=E=*: 



^j— ^ 



^~" nr"~*~rF^ 



-J— «rf- 



Glo - ry way, heav'n's bright day, 

I'll walk the glo - ry highway that leads to heav-en's bright day, I'll praise Him 



fe^=^ 



-t— i=— q— *- 



:t=: 




£W= 



=£=2 



=ft 



r^^rf 



at=t 



-=l *- 



re 



:f ir tr (T 



For His love and mar - vel - ous grace, 

for His true love and His ^ grace, I'll walk this 



Em? 



m 



: f 



I'll Walk the Glory Highway 



£« 



45—1- 



^=£=d 



■tr-T 



3=£ 



£= 



*' \ * ^ ^ U U L> - T U 

Nar - row road, blest a - bode, 

nar - row straight road up to that hap - py a - bode, Where I shall 



W 



*- — ^=* «- 



Pf 



-0-4- 



h ft 



jj ^^i^w ^ 



*=F 



i^ 



y y y ■ i 

Look up - on my Savior's own f ace;He cheers me when I am sad 

look on my Sav-ior's own face; When _ I'm sad, 

J J-±- 



F W 



m w m f 



1 s 



1 I t n 



*=F: 



■=^ 



-»— p* 



r~irr 



f 



£ 



f) til _P P h 


ft ft h i 


ft I 


y.vlfW ' J 


Pi' 


II ft 


dLiVi ■* 


w W h( v *1 ■*• 




Ifn P *i ^ 


V W W « ~ - K - 




V4.J ' «^ 




1 ! ! 1 


and shows me how to be glad, Joys I know for 
makes me glad, I'll go where pleasures I know shall not 

1 ^ * j i i h 


i^Hy « ^ 


g g s .m. r f 


_^ ^ g- 5- ^ tf— 


V^-rj u, 17 ' •< 






1 ^ 17 


1 |^~1 \£ * 9 


L 1 t 1 b" i " 1 1 F 









fe£ 



=1 



£-J- 



£33 



=* 



-3 — «- 



me shall not end, Look a - head 

end, I'll ev - er look straight a - head and by His 



m 



# 



.j p j 



j- 



* i 



OE 



-=) — s- 



1 1 -x~ 

-fcc be kt he W- 



-m I*- 



ft 



r c B 



3H 



r^a 



-=1 — K- 



-=1-^- 



spir - it led Glo - ry way with Je -sus my friend, 

spir - it be led I'll walk the glo - ry high-way with my friend. 



gjBEEg 



-Z S- 



, Jj^Jj. 



« 



fT 3 ? 



3?*eee 



-y— h 



ft 



No. 120 There's a Li£ht in my Soul 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. B. C. in "Living Grace" Arr. J. B. Coats 



m 



&m%^ 



:«: 



« — xi 1 



ad— 5-— *: 



-*.-* 



^=5 






1. There is a light ev-er shin - ing, But to the lost 'tis con-cealed; 

2. Deep, deep in sin, I had wan-dered, Liv - ing a - way from the Lord; 

3. Christians, to-day, preach the gos-pel, God's ho - ly word is the light; 



£ 



m 



t=t=i= 



H — r= - 



m 



v v 



3= 



-y — t* 



t= 



i-rr* 



:*=!*=*: 



f u> 



1^ 



a 



a — ar 



— n 1 1 1- 

1 ad — a- 



-a- 



-3 — B 



=t 



i— $r 



3f 



Yet, thrn an eye that was blind -ed, God's word the light re-vealed. 
Then dawned the light on my dark-ness, I heard Bis bless - ed word. 
Pray 'r gives the oil for the burn - ing, Song keeps the flame so bright. 

_ _ -A- 



^ll=£ 



^g 



=S=i 



r=r 



HI 




Chorus 



*=£ 



=-5^ 



£=?r 



£=5: 



£=£ 



1 



*£:*: 



*-*=*: 



-J 1 f-I 

• — sj — 3Kf 



•ad— ad- 

Love-Iight bright-ly 

There's a light burn-ing bright in my 



-a — a- 

in my soul is burn-ing, 
soul, 



m& 



££* juu-y .M jjue 



1 



Sb*=£ 



^7 



f5 



-*-&- 




35=£= 



£=d^=»fc 






* — mt 



?=*- 



-ad— ar 



Sav - ior, snre-ly 

Christ, my Lord placed it there long 



f^Sl 



JLJU-— JUL* 



placed it long a - go, 
a - go, 



fc 



$= 



p: 



P 



P^ 



$=* 



i pfcfc 



H M 



5^i 



-f - 1 — ft- 



1 



h — jv 



:*=* 



■9 m ■&" 



-*■» =■ 



a!— aJ- 



Ti — ar 



a— aj 



■as — ad 



Pray-ing, trust-ing 

Faith and pray 'r makes tha gleam out-ward 



keeps it ev - er roll - ing, 
roll, 



§§i 



/JU— JLJL,-— JUP ^ J JLJ 



1 



^ 



:t ^Ff t 



2E 



There's a Light in my Soul 



fig 



^— I 3 - h r ■ h ry | ^3 



jj r s. 



ff 



i- * ; a 



at — * - 






Glo - ry sin - ner can nev - er, nev - er know, 

Gives me joy that a sin - ner can - not know, 



* » tl te 



H 



*f% 



f=5=CF 



SF* 



^b£=M=* 



■JJJJ 



asf=£ 



1 



n-y— i g 



e^r- 



ti — u 'f-r 



^ — v 



Bless - ed sav - ing light, guid - ing me a - right, 

Bless-ed light, guid • ing light, 



hi 



*r-r- 



EE5 



t=tc 



rrirfT 



■-y- 



p 



g g i 



a »fc 



■^ — h 



i^: > < .? 



» u 

heav-en's 



r 



Com - ing 



igi 



To my heav-en's star - ry vault-ed dome; 

to my heart from heav-en's vault-ed dome; 

Ts 



ifafe — g- ^ ^- 



i 



V^£=W- 



ir-t 



y-y- 



ee^ 



J5= 

3 it. 



H& 



■4-j^J 



i^=3=*: 



=«*: 



1 



g 2 j ^ 

• 3D 



"Tfl — ari- 



-as — ah 



■33— aj- 



i XT 



S 



Seek-ing, path-way if the way you're miss-ing, 

Seek that light if your path - way is dim, 



1 



F=* 



^ 



^ 



^ 



^ 



- U f*- ^ 



^=*I 



*Z^=fc 



For it 



y y y~1*~ 

Shows a wand'rer the road that leads back home 

shows a wand'ring soul the road back home. 



m 



£SS^ 



tr-tr 



y y 



HjL- t +J B £ =F=± 



-m — (*- 

Fir 



1 



r^ jwj 



a 



No. 121 



I Have a Mansion 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston & G. W. B. in "Living Grace" W. B. Huggins & G. W. Bobo 






1. All a - long life's lone - ly path-way Lead-ing to the oth - er shore, 

2. All the diamonds, gold and sil - ver Are of chaff that blows a - way, 

3. We shall soon be cross -ing o - ver, There to meet our lov - ing friends, 

-A I* (*■ A- r A — , c— <* [*- 




Troubles, heartaches and temp- ta-tions Come to try us o'er and o'er; 
When compared to joys e - ter - nal In the love - ly land of day; 
And to share with them in glo - ry Per-f ect peace that nev - er ends; 



fct=fc= 



:d2 



feJ 



a — f- 



B#=W^f=j 



-F- 

:te: 



*z 



JV 



2=3=fi 






m 



i 



sky* 



iti 



3 



tfc^=*=tt«tba=ri=jjf^e 



5=f 

There is joy a - wait - ing yon - der In a land that's free from pain, 

There will be no part - ings ev - er, No more sor-row - ful good-byes, 

Let us la - bor on for Je - sus, Tho the cross be hard to bear, 




When our tri - als here are end ■ ed 
When the Sav-ior bids us wel-come 
Knowing that in love and mer - cy 



mm 



m 



ith the Lord up there we'll reign. 
To the home be - yond the skies. 
He our ev -'ry grief will share. 



t; 



— i^-* ■ 

\SU ■ 



*z=tczt 



«=*=£ 



— I Uk * 



Chorus 




I've a man-sion in 
I have a man-sion ' up in 



?V=3 



rrn? 



1i=i: 



i— + =4 



*=r 



glo - ry land, This 

glo - ry land, What matters now, this 

-&-&-£ — 5- - 



ITT 



f 



£3»Efc 



I Have a Mansion 



* 






£=* 



~£ 



3= 



life gone, this life will soon be gone, Live with Je -sua far 
oon be gone? We'll live with Je - sus far a- 



life will soon be gone? 



lA. Oil^ji^ 



££ 



ms- 



ft 



s^a 




S 



=ft 



T +!•«{ i 



•3— ^— g 



o'er the stars, "' Tears roll on, go roll-ing 

bove the stars, While endless years go roll - ing, roll - ing on; 

-JUu£ — , ,i 1 - i D — ,- R - P Rj 






rfiT 



£T fcS ^ u 



* 



on; I would rath-er live here in 
I'd rath-er live here as a 



pov - er - ty, 
-gar with the Need-y 



M2. 



£ 



at 



H 1 1 1 1 — 

-dk bfe bfc Kfc SAr- 



* *k Uk- 



IT b;B[ # V 



TT 



— I 1 — 31 — = — 



4^-=l- 



In want roam, Than to have a- 

pil - grims,o'er the des-erts roam, o'er bar-ren des-erts roam, 



<§fe 



J> 



5ft — » 



kr- U |y..""te 



r 



H a a b> !■ a- -I*. — Ut — W — M 



Jk =, 1 1 H 1 1 J*^ — =5 1 — I A AJ ^ -J AH 1 



BESS 



I 



tzMdbtntat 



1 .jp 



^— W— t^* 



for - tune here,with-out my Lord, And no man-sion in the heav-'nly home. 






tefiffltm jijrftai 



No. 122 Riding Home to Glory 

Copyright, 1945. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
O. G. Fulkerson in "Living Grace" Kenneth Fulkerson 




m ^H£££m 



-H (— fa 



=S 



As I'm sail • ing 
As thru life I 
As my bark is 



1. Rid-ing a - long, 

2. Storms may sweep me, 

3. Har-bor lights gleam, 



smg-mg a song, 
yet I can see, 
on me they beam, 








^ l >» . I 



S 



o - ver the sea, Looking a - bove, 
trav-el a - long, Homeward I wing, 
sail-ing the foam, Up-ward I wend, 



Trust-ing His love, 

glad-ly I sing, 

jour-ney will end, 



*..TtttJ<- JSJ 



^^^fea^fc — trEz£T^?fr^Ff=FFf^ 




m= 



Chorus 




Bid 



ing, 



Hap-py, glad, and free. 
Love will be my song. 
Soon I'll reach my home.I'm hap-py. I am rid-ing, ev - er rid-ing, 



F a 



jjj j 1 1 ±y j j 



m 



i 



Bi 



s 



P fcc 



^ 



FFF 



FT 



rid ■ - ing, 



am 



stei 



:^M^ 




m 



■mi " ' FF F F 1 

I - - ing, 

I am rid - ing, ev - er rid - ing, 

JjW^ - J JJ 1 ^ _ ^ * j j J i j 



rid ing, On a glo - ry wave, 

I am rid - ing, ev - er rid - ing, a glo - ry wave, 



^fe 



w 



rid 



£ 



*=* 



£ 



fc 



I I I 



T* 



ing, 



rid 



f 



1 



ing, 



Riding Nome to Glory 




1 y $ u [> ' V V u \> 

Rag-mg bil - lows 'round me 

The might-y, might-y bil - lows, rag-ing bil-lows all a-round me, 

i J>JU»,N J»J»J»J*-, JJJJ 



ms&E* 



m 



The might-y bil 



& 



lows rage 
4 



and 'round 






i 



M 



i <t r 



S=£ 



■mt— mi 



v-v- . 

roll, . He will keep my soul; 

'round me roll, but 



Bid 

t I am rid - ing, 

fi fi f f 



IBS 



I 



*=i^ 



1 



^r r ^rrr^M^p ^ 



roll, 



He'll keep me; I 



3 



st-ing ev-er 

it »j> 



■*-* 



' ? ? c r ft 



ing, rid ing, Trust-ing ev - er 

ev-er rid -ing, I am rid-ing, ev-er rid -ing, 



fe^ 



*=£-?- 



ing, rid 



£ 



rid 



ing, 






rid 



ing. 



AAJcbd 



jjg-4y=frki 



• — F 



*T 



SS 



in His pow'r to save, And when my bark shall land on 

His pow'r to save, / 

JU ,-JUUPJj^BJfeJ, 



^— A f A 



B2 






=* 






1—1 — E= 



u ^ 



P 



fv— r^ — ft. 



-*—* 



-J 4- 



SI 



^ 



^ at 1- 



^!=3t=^: 



q=g 



I* . * * - ^1 X 

heaven's bright shore, I'll live with Je - sus ev - er - more. 



: m — m !? ■ § 

nore. 

for ev - er-more. 



* — «- 



I 



)* 



^ 1 1- 



*=ft — ?— g 



irlr 



FF 



1 f i L 



^ 



?= 



No. 123 The Secret Place of Pray'r 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
C. H. M. in "Living Grace" C. H. Mansell 

-ft— J 1 



tezfrfr-J 



-♦- ^ H^ ~&- -♦'- -^- ^ -o- 



1. When we go a lone at eve-ning To the se - cret place of pray'r, 

2. Here we meet with dis - ap - point-ments,Pain and sor-row oft we bear, 

3. Just like Dan-iel, al - ways faith - ful, Go to God each day in pray'r, 



A A r-alk A Jfc ■ 



ip 



fe^#^ 



aa 



t 



f^f^f 



foztafc 



:l U— t 




=^3EF=pP=i — -HE — ! J — ^°F^- 



:zz 



r 

We will find the Sav - ior wait - ing, For He longs to meet us there; 

For we fail to go to Je - sus, At the se - cret place of pray'r; 

Pow'r He'll give you o - ver Sa - tan Who seeks ev - er to en-snare; 






ITT 



r_: 



t=t 



t=: 



:t=£: 



f— R 



1= 



:t: 



= F=F 



S 






± 



_h _JV 



-zsh 



3C=3^Z 






HeV a friend so true and faith - ful, For He notes the spar-row's fall, 
There He's wait-ing to re - ceive us, Yes, He longs our souls to bless, 
As you tar - ry there in se - cret, Sweetest fel - low-ship, di - vine, 



Btt 






:t: 



ft 



Hfrr-E 



Hr-h-r-^— p 



4» r n 






And He'll hear the faint-est whis - per When in faith on Him we call. 
When to Him we come re - pent - ing, And our ev - 'ry sin con - fessl 
For He al - ways gives the bless - ing, Yes, He an-swers just in time! 



;-r P* — P f&* —. A ^ ^ — I P A-tA-rA- 5 — a 1- -I — , . 



Chorus 




t b r IT IT 

What a priv - - - i - lege to car - ry Ev -'ry- 

What a priv - i - lege yes, to car - ry 



M 



:fc=t 



iM? 




EfcEkEkEtEE 



The Secret Place of Pray'r 



P?pP§f 



^3^ 



=&* 



thing to God in pray'r, When our hearts are torn and 

Ev-'ry-thing in se-cret pray'r, When our hearts 

-fc: ■*— he he he -r ^~ 




P£=^ 



1-w a ! <* ■ ~-4~ 



!=£=£ 



H^-zsl 



3t 






■zsh 






notes the sparrow's fall, And He'll hear the faintest 

E - ven notes the sparrow's fall, And He'll hear 



t=t=t= 




m 






tr-tr-t?-tr-i- 



±r-fe 



i=i=£=}=ztzj*a 



t=t= 



■V— y— 6^ 



J 1 OB S3L 



-al— ^- 






Si" 



a 



When in faith on Him we call! 

just a whis-per, When in faith on His dear name we call! 

_^ ..J A. ^ ^ ^_ __ _ ,N _fe_ 



U V ¥ 



k jt. 



V U 






P 



No. 124 The Day of Liberation is Nigh 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. B. C. in "Living Grace" Lonnie B. Combs 

r> "s k 




m ^$3=&. 



^M 



~-m P 



-an -«- -m- -■--«- 9-m- -■*-. 



1. I'm trav - el - ing in a world of sin, There's trouble here on ev - 'ry hand, 

2. I want to be true in all I do, While trav'ling in this wea-ry land, 

3. Soon I shall go home no more to roam, The sun of life is sink - ing low, 

mJr Fvp Tt. /fff,;J J J 3 -F 1 



i 




K 3 — 3 — 21 — jintJl — 5 ^ — 5 — «•*-*- 



Why burdens are great,why nations hate, 'Tis hard for us to un - der-stand; 
I'll nev- er lose sight of God and right, I want to join that an - gel band; 
With all of the blest I'll find sweet rest, At end-ing of the way I know; 

• * m Ik <*—+*— r T" *■— r < Ik ■ 

+=- — hi— ^1 1 1 — -k — Ls — bs— L H i* J 



t=t 



^^pfeEte^ 



^^=^=^ -^--^1 V t? 



^ ^^^g# ^ ^g^^ 



Tho heav-y my load and rough the road.On Je - sus I shall e'er re - ly, 
So oft - en this life is filled with strife, So mau-y things to make me sigh, 
I'm go - ing a - way some hap-py day, I'll bid this war-ring world good- by, 






h — h — h- r-^— ^— ^— H H ^ 1 i 



U U U--U- 




sFine 



i^fe 



I'm trust-ing in Thee to pi - lot me 
I'm look-ine ahead there's naught to di 



. j-ing ahead there's naught to dread, The day of lib - er - a - tion is nigh. 
While go-ing a-long I'll sing this song, 



a a s .g— g— ^— g— 1=~— t~ t~ p-jw- 



:t 



Chorus f> b h I 



rr? 



=tt= 



•-£-1 *i ■+-- ^= 



-H 



fe££ 



fefa^b=-j^^ 



Lord I know, 
Lord I 



dear Lord I know, I sure-ly know 

know, I know 






&*==sk 



g g :n 



» 



±: 



-* — 



The Day of Liberation is Nigh 



fefe££fete^ ^ ^ g 



-ft — p» 



-m9-m- 



wr 



^8*?£ 



that the day of lib - er - a- tion is nigh, It won't be long, 

It won't 



B 



fe 



*= 



*=p 



£E 



-h^ 11 ^ — h — 



:t: 



C C g g .1 g g g fa ' 



t 



^Ny=* 



*-- ^ F 



* 



iifeF* 



'Tcya^ 



notver-y loDg, Not ver-y long, I'll be mov-ing to that 

be long, Not long, 



HE 



fe£^£=fe£ 



^EF 



-tr-kJ-tr 



*—fe£m. 



^^m 



—i — i*- 



p 



2h* fee fee- 



-t MM M f 



=UUUUU 



l^^s^ 



man-sion in the sky; take me home, 

take me home, 



"Ch t 

Lord take me home, 



gggEp ffl r* 



^ 



F 



*=B 



«_«_•-*. 

*_*_=-*- 



£±£=*: 



3- j— 3-P A- 1 A AJ — ,fei-.Ll_ I — HI A — ^ i — = — «fc-b ™ ^ ■* 



Please take me home, come and take me np to heav-en when I die, 
Take me home, 



-I fee fee—, Ike fee fee fee— k* fee he fe e . 

^EEJ^EE&E^EeEEE^ 




tTu ET£ B £ 5 ITm 



Swing low sweet char-i - ot, Swing way down low, 

Swing low sweet char - - i - ot,Swing low, 

Swing way down low 



No. 125 



Honor the Kin* 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Living Grace" C. C. Stafford 



-*-*£ 




&Fst 



3 



dsdsl 



=£=£ 






1. GIo - ry, 

2. Wis - dom, 

3. Gib - ry, 



hon - or 
pow - er 
hon - or 



EF? 



H M =■* ^ 1- 



*PN* 



be to Al - might-y Je - ho - vah, 
be to Him now and for - ev - er, 

be un - to Je - sus the Say - ior, 



JL 



m^ 



£=£=£=£: 






t= 



-«i— 






-^ 1 — ■¥- 



ffeN 



Bow 
Join 
He 



be 
the 
who 



fore 
heav 
came 



Him, 
'nly 
re 



£s 



1 — 



wor-ship, a-dore His great name; 
host in a - dor - ing His name; 
veal-ing the Fa-ther's great love: 



F f» F a» j— — [— 



I 






s=e 



M=?Qt 



p~p- p — ^ — p~v~"nF 



tat 



■ so — . — aa 4-« ^ i-W-iJ5- Si. 



H$ 



=IT 



u *-E 

Lift glad 
Come be 
Trust Him, 






^ 



£T 



w 



voic - es, prais 

fore His pres- 

serve Him, la - 



- ing with grace in the heart, 
ence and give Him your praise, 
bor where ev - er He calls, 




— i 1 1 ax— — l r— — — i ^ 



Joy-ful - ly sing, hon - or the King, 
Joy-ful - ly sing, hon - or the King, 
Joy-ful - ly sing, hon - or the King, 



p£ 



£ 






spreading a-broad His fame, 
mer-cy and love pro - claim, 
rul - er of heav'n a - bove." 



i 




Honor the King 



Chorus 




■ PJJJ-ffi l 



Glo • ry and hon • or and wis-dom and pow-er be un-to Je-ho-vah,Al- 
Glo - ry, hon - - or to Je - - 



:£ 



tz 



SSSFfc= 



£ 



:t 



W 



ah^JAL&J^ 



g-r 2 2 2 p - 

I 1 1— 2 ! 1 B" 



irffish 



P 



<*— ^»-«f- 



^ 



5 



r • v . « p u 

might-y Je-ho-vah,ye Saints,rejoice,heart and voice, gladly His prais-es out- 
ho - van, 



£ 






F" P P , "S" ~ g~- 



r r r i— h- 



1 U I 



=!-— P— P— p— P- 



U,U U i* U-k 



h \ ,<- 



1 



S 



^ra^PE 



g f u i* — t> — &- y p p 



pour, Christ, our Sav- 

to the Sav • ior,the Christ, our Re - deem - er, the Sav - ior e- 

I -J 



2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 



mm 



fr f t g P~ :^ 



1= 



t= 



ai 



* — F F F 1 ^T u b ™ fr- tr-fr-fr 



ior, Lord of all Lords; 

ter • nal, Our pre-cious Irn-man - u - el, Lord of all Lords; let us 

2 2 J? 2 2 2*2 22^^^^^^ 



Bft 



e= 



£± 



fc 



* 




'£rtt 



^sp 



9 g . 



1? — t? — P~ ST 

Joy - ful - ly sing, hon • or the King.praise Him f or-ev - er-more. 



fe^£= 






fife* L_t=£ 



n s l> 



No. 126 



Some Glad Day 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. ■ 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Living Grace" Eugene Wright 



I , -*■ -mr -m- I* 



1. Some glad day when ends life's way, I'll cross the Jor-dan wide, 

2. Tho the years bring grief and tears, His promise nev - er fails.true sto - ry, 





3^— -P— F -dr—^ — - fi — fv — fH -W-J—P- =C= 



Christ to meet, my loved ones greet Up-on the oth - er side; 

He is mine, joy di - vine, My ves - sel on-ward sails; in glo - ry; 

0-2- 



IteEEE 



$=t: 



1T 



trtr- 



:^^^^fe^ 






-q—^. 



Let me live, true ser-vice give, While on the earth I stay, 

I'll not fear while He is near, I'll glad - ly Him o - bey, andpon-der, 






=£=££4r=t 



Mr- ^— ^ 



I 



ft 



3ESE| 



— '— r ^ j -7— g, — a 



w ^ U V ^ V 

Look to Him tho paths be dim And wait e - ter - nal day. 

Praise I'll sing, glad tributes bring np you-der. 

T- -p-f-.1- . t- * .1- fa * . . i L-.r 






.JLi^ 



EEEES3 



^=g 



Chorus 




g % fr.fr % 'g 



Some glad day, 

Beau-ti - ful, won-der-ful 



t 



Hear Him 

I shall hear Christ the Lord 



Him 



hap-py morning, 



Hear 



Some Glad Day 



ft ft f» ^ 



J- =J- 



^J S -ft— ft' 



j^j — h— ftq 

A A. 1 A. ' 



say, 



Ton have been trne bid-ding to do, Come 

my 



feMMMI 



p — * 



fr— fr— g= 



.2 



bub 



bid me wel - come, 



Pr 



:£=s: 



-F — F- 



-tr— Jr 






aj • ^ — ^ — * 



■<♦ — (• 



If 



live with me for aye; 



Sweet to 

how sweet for me to 






* ft 

v * P 



de^fe 



in heav - en; 



Sweet 



to 



fiiz$=5 



* 



know 

— 1 



b b U p ■ u 

As I go, 

As to bright heav-en I 



p — r — m r* ■+> r- gag M — h~i — — 



*—$—* 



-v — b 



£ 



know He lovea me 



As 






go to meet Him, 



fr-aft jj J * ft- 1 l EM jr-fi 




♦-♦-»-# 



=fl 



^: 






3=* 



-£>-=*- 



1 



y 



^ 



Loved ones I'll see wait-ing for me On that e -ter-nal day. 

there hap-py day. 



££=*=!* 



— ^ — k— 



B : .B u u 



— I 1 f=-B h --r' K - I -t *— t~-r*i-^^ m n 



trtHrtr- tr 



PPT 



No. 127 



When He Growns His Own 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Living Grace" W. W. Combs 




1 



-+,— ft— I 



S ~»— 7ft 



£l*= 



-jar 



1. There is a won-der-ful ci - ty a-bove,a ci - tyBuild-ed andread-y 

2. Af - ter our la - bor and sor-rows are gone,for-ev-er, Af - ter the shadows 





for all who be-lieve in Je-sus;Boun - ti - ful gift of God's mer-cy and 
are ban-ished a-way, at snn-rise, With saints we'll gather a-round God's great 



~™ ' >■«" mT~ f 



:t: 



-"-i* 



w— 



3 



W 



ftuv 



5 



ij-p-*— •- c i}-^-^-M 



tK 



7 fr \> 

love, for mor-tals, There joy e - ter - nal His chil-dren re-ceive,re-ceive. 
throne,in glo - ry, To sing His prais-es thru un - end - ing day .bright day 



^=W 



w w 



n 1 — 



JFtpf 



y — ^ — i- 



i^£ 



t< 



Chorus 




'Bound the bright and shining throne un-num-bered hap-py an - gels shont and 
'Round the throne un - num - bered an - gels 
An gels are sing - ing the. 



m&t 



jy 



m 



v- 



H i L E ) — 13 — R — t}— ^ — & — 1^ — $— ft 



7 



" ■•■.■» V V 

sing a - loud the won-drous glo - ry song, 

sing the glo - ry 6ong, 

won der • • ful song, in hon - or to the Sav • ior, 



£ 



£- — &-^-& =s?=m 



*=£=S=^j3&$= 



When He Crowns His Own 




fr. ft ft J* ft ft . ft ft J _ft-ft J3J J J* -. 



f 



£: 



^^P 



9 \j U U U ^ 

When the ran-somed saints of all the earth go march-ing in - to that bright 
When the saints of earth march . in, they'll 

When saints of earth march in, 

H -a _ F 



t 



a hu ft 


& 


& 


& 15 & 


b . 












•-••■• M 


f/T\" l) m- r» A) * ' 


I.MJ P - ■• ^ 


ci - • 

join 
they'U 

m 


ty, 


they 
the 
join 


will join the might - 
might - y 
the 


y throng; 
throng; 
throng, with shont - ing; 


mn~ 




-*= 


w 


___ =i 


r*^r- 1? 




1 


_.-..:._. U — 


ak-f 1 




g J J A*M^M--ft--5- ft ft U44 , 



*F 



9 i rp 

Hal - le - In - jah, glo - ry in the high - est, hal - le - In - jah, glo - ry 
Hal -- - -le-lu - - - - jahs 
Hal - le - lu - jah, glo - ry, hal - le - lu • • ■ • jah 



Sfe 



^JJJJAAJu- 



# 



s 




lu 



jah, 



hal 



- le 



lu 



jah, 



jM^fcfeWt 



-fi ft J J 



+1 * ! — "■* 



r=rrf 



t 



y \ y p 

in the high - est, ech-oes 'round the throne, Friends u - nit - ed 

'round the throne are sing - ing, 

in the high - est, ech-oes 'round the throne, Friends all 

M*£g iJJJv J- £ 2 J 




cr £r r 



y y 

prais - ing, songs of vic-t'ry rais - ing, when the Sav-ior crowns His own. 
prais-ing, vie - fry rais - ing, when ^ He crowns His own, H[s own. 



No. 128 



Walk In the Light 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B.B. Edmiaston in "Living Grace" Travis Bottoms 







1. - ver the world a glad mes-sage now rings, Me8-sage of light; 

2. Sil - ver - y light thru the dis-mal clouds shine, Beams from a - bove; 

3. Lift up the voice in de - vo-tion and praise, Un - to the Lord; 




?— b— £— £-£ 



^i^i^^pppl^p 



Pierc-ing the dark-ness, new vi - sion it brings, Thru gloom-y night; 
Fill - ing the heart with the mes - sage di-vine, Mes - sage of love; 
Trust-ing-ly walk in the heav-en - ly rays, Fol - low His word; 







— L^ ju *j *1— -> — S~ — A, S— I 

-M-. ^ -m- -m- 



w^¥ 



Lives of the wea - ry it fills with good cheer, Light-ens the load; 
Bear-ing the sto - ry of Cal - va-ry's cross, Where Je - sus died; 
On- ward and up-ward keep press-ing a - long, He goes be - fore; 



-*= r* 



-^ — ft. 



£ 



Q*' 



*4j t'"U v 



t?=tc 



=1= 



F^f^ 







Shed-ding the rays of bright hope ev -'ry-where On life's long road. 
Cleansing the life from its doubt-ings and dross, It will a • bide. 
Soon we shall join in the tri - um-phant song, On heav - en's«hore. 



jE 



£— £— ^v~ | 






Walk In the Light 



Chorus 

h ft h hS 



-_-*r—X— M 



£=£= 



=fc 



tr\ 



I — » 1 >' h — "I 



«=* 



J=* 






^—sq — ^ 



f^*t r'c* 



Walk with the Lord, Je - sua the Lord, Walk in the 

Walk with the Lord, In the won-der-ful, heaven - ly 



^m^^g^g 



& 



■M 



4/ h r >-£ 



r> h 



ag=s£ 



*^fe* 



-ft— ft- 






=£ 



r* 



i±= 






m~-m- 



F* 



M—*- 



S 



■UT 



heav-en • ly light; Brightly it shines, al-ways it shines, Shines 

light; Bright • ly it shines, And dis-pels the dark' 



czjsil 



U U V 



g-g g g x- 



£ 



p=*= 



*&^£^r*: 






JUUUUS. 



* 



r 



5=pS3 



pf 



r ^ — 

thra the shad-ows of night ;Faith-fal-ly on, al-ways go on, 

shadows of night; Faith - ful - ly on, Up the 




i 



fe3S 



♦— -♦> ♦ ♦ •> m—> 



* 



9 M K 



-2 ■ — ^— -♦ — ♦■ 



X — m- 



b b 



*P 



The path re-vealed by God's love,FoI-low the steps, 

pathway re-vealed by God's love, Fol - low the 



^=t: 



fe^E£=£ 






&E 



-*■ F- 



V—\f 



*mmm 



-r* 



=*=* 



si— ^ 



5=S= 



& F f _ ~TnT 



V ,* 



i»; 7 v i> 

lead to heav • en a- bove. 



crimson bright steps, ^ That 

steps Of the Sav-ior to heav-en a - bove. 



te=k 



£ 



ee£ 



— i* — *- 



t 



4 £- 



J- -i pupa — £ 



p— U— fc 



I 



No. 129 



That Little Home of Mint* 



To my parents Mr. & Mrs. C. L. Siratt, Hot Springs, Ark, 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. C. C.Y. in "Living Grace" Mrs. C. C. Yarbrough 

Slow s 



£ 



:£=$=§: 



*=b 



^^r^ * 



--%=$& 



1. Un - der-neath the sil - ver ma - pie Where cling-ing i - vy vines now grow, 

2. Man - y pre-cious mem'ries Un - ger That take me back to yes - ter - day, 



h-C r t r £ 



t^-A 



Hk bfc I* tft A A A l A F 

3-g— B-r-f-f-tr-r— * 






:t: 



:£ 



^3 



-L£j- 



pip^^i^^i^^ 



In a lit - tie cot-tage where my moth-er waits for me With that dear old 
In the fields I wan-dered,thru the meadow, down the lane Where the brooklet 



l * l » (^ 



4=- 



±~ 



= t 



-A— -e*- 



-(*- 



i 



:^E 



i 



m 



kz±z 



>■ — h> — c* — k — *•* — ^ — k — k 



U— fc 



mnnr 



fl=F 



kM^- 



^^^^y^^^^^^^E 



^^=atSp=it^=3t|5 



P=^P 



dad I know; If you'll lis -ten you can hear them, They sing a song of 
winds its way; Mocking birds so sweet-ly sing - ing, They bring a mes-sage 



&g£^mBE£^£ 



:*=£ 



JEj r f 1 r- 



<Uk A Uk — bfc tA. 'A A b«k 1— 



■K_K 



tttzlt=|t=tt=z 






f 



auld lang syne, Dai - ly I am pray-ing that I home-ward bound shall be 
most di - vine Dai - ly I am pray-ing to be home-ward bound a - gain 



F" < * :f 



■* » a— ^ i~ t ~ 



-a— a- 



£#£ 



Ufc 



Chorus 



b t 




To that lit - tie home of mine. 




How the lit - tie chil-dren sit and 



ei-ti— ti-ii— ti— tf-n— F= 



That Little Home of Mine 




lis - ten, When the old folks sing the Bongs I love, In the moonlight 




■tr-B^-T-r-r-* 



■— #J ■ — -■ — h^ i-M-t- LJ y ■■ id d H — 3 — 3— 



#e 



P 



how the dew-drops glis - ten . 'Neath the mag - ic spell from up a- 



Pi£=fejE=fc£ 



^m 



IEEE 



-A — m- 



1^H*=F 



k — £ — 1= 



fcS 



rmi .rFF 



*=tt 



f 



I 



rf 



> >..J>-J-J>-^.-/J» , .J»:J 



r» W 



^hr*- 



f&Egg 



q=q==^=z|: 



jzzafczbfc 



^ 



bove; Seems that I can hear my moth - er pray - ing 



■» — A- 



jT-^P-— A- 



i± 



-» — m m <m » — m — » »- 



-J. a 



r i -s- 



•f 






MP 



** 



gg 



And the or - gan play - ing so di - vine, 

-If -fc=- -fc=- -»«r- -fkc- -*fc- ,• 

- -t=— a: 



:t=t 



Dai - ly I am 

t& ± — ± 



**. t h* ». jEZ pfc. k. 



SeeEe&eeS 






^^^ ^^ ^ ^ r j ^ ^^^ 



H 



pray-ing that I'll soon be with them there In that lit - tie home of mine. 

JU a -g-_-gi_-gd2, 



fESS 



-1£J2a 



ii 



A^ 



-(• — to — V — 5- 



^ 



^ 



SeeSeeSeSeS 



b=E=ff 



s* — t*- 



E* 



f^f 



Mo. 130 



Jesus Leads Me 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. C. R. Melton in "Living Grace" C. R. Melton 

_fe I w. ^_j._& * fV 



P — I B ft ^ K-r -ft— f> V h , -r-p— I IY— s 

■—♦ — ♦ — 9 — ~ — ♦— «w — •> — L — - 5 — &- l^ — ♦- — -^ — ♦■ — m 

-AH A- 

1. Once I was lost in sin, I could not find the way, Bur-dens then seemed to 

2. Je-sus re-deemed me when He saved my soul from sin, All that I had to 

3. As I go on each day I'm gain-ing uigh-er ground, I am so bap - py 




grow more heav - y er - 'ry day; I wan-dered When I was told a- bout my 

do was bid Him en - ter in, for - ev - er, He is my help - er when I 

now since Je-sus I have found, to guide me;He will- be near me when the 

1 X 



|EpE^^|E|Ep|Ep 



tr-ff- 




n^ie^^ig 



^=£ 



Lord and Cal- va-ry, I came to Je - sus, now He's safe -ly leading me. 

find the bur-den great, He'll take me home to heav-en where my loved ones wait. 

pearl -y gates I see, So I willtrav-el on, my Lord is lead-ing me. 

f 2 — i f t r* — P» — t bs — ■ — rfr~ S_. 



fr-f-r-tr-f * 



^=^ 



gjjgjJB^ llI 



p 



^ 



Chorus 



z z 



— ^ — k Pi — -P — r 



3St 



-=*— *■ 



-=1— .♦ 



Je sus leads me all the way, 

Bless-ed Je-sus leads me all of the pil - grim way, 



g^ 






Je 



bus safe 



iy 



leads 



all tile way, And 



3 



£=£ 






-s| ^=^ 



m 



He'll be near me lest I from Him stray; 

He'll be near me lest I from Him stray in dark-ness; 



=3£f 



g3 d g4=g=fa^ 



fc£ 



-tr-tr-tr-V 



£^ 



e£e 



Jesus Leads Me 



I will 

I will nev - er ho, I'll 

r a r» r*„ ! _> 






nev - er want to roam, 

hal-le - lu - jab., 



zalzz * S _jt± 



i 



& 



will* 



tt 



9 j _p _p p h r* 








L- 1 


* -» w -*- : 


— I — 


— 1 


— m— 
— 1 — 


-J *fl 


19) * m m » — F — 

S 2 -]^ — ' r ;=F- 

He will lead me safe - ly 
He will lead me 

li J> J> J* J> J> 

£* » r F 


to 


my 

-a- 


new 


home, 
hap-py home. 

_P -P J 


^ — 1* j* 1* — p — t — i — 


— 1>— 


i 


— i — 

r- 


r^^rfl 



No. 131 



Trust in the Savior 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Living Grace" W. Lee Higgins 

ft K ft _ls PS 




*=£=&=*H 



=f 






^P=«P 



1. Trust in the Sav - ior and be not dis-mayed, Lean on His 

2. Trust in the Sav - ior and be not dis-mayed, Mo - ment by 

3. Trust in the Sav ■ ior and be not dis-mayed, Tho all your 



gȤ 



it 



£ ft is- ft ft £ 1 . P ft £ N ft k 



«F 



-3 ft P S ft P-_ 

-m— — «v^ m « -m -m — 3 



— i 1 si 



prom - ise and be not 
mo - ment He gives you 
pleas - ures are droop-ing 



=t 



a - fraid, Tho you are 
His aid, Tho you may 
and fade, He will re- 



bur-dened with 

fal - ter you 

ward you for 



@S3i^ 



^S 



$e 



*=S: 



: | — £— £ 



F^^rr^^r 



$m 



=& 



F=£ 



il 






I 



s=z^v 

g-i— g— ^~ 



TJ g- 



=£ 



sor - row and care, Je - 
nev - er can fail, Walk 
He is your friend, Trust 



sus is wait - ing your trou 
in His foot-steps and you 
in Him on - ly, be true 



- ble to share. 

shall pre - vail. 

to the end. 



tzidr— t=r£: 



*=t 



=£ 



:f«=ai 



o i 



No. 132 



I Gan Live a Little Gloser 



(AND SO CAN YOU) 
Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A. E. B. in "Living Grace" Albert E. Brumley 

ft 



&£* imm 



hzM^jk 






&=* 



* 



|» (• {• |» 

u U U y 

1, you com-pro-mis-ing Christian on life's way Come and lis -ten un - to 

2. Let us raise the gos-pel ban-ner, ev -'ry-where,Let us dai-ly work and 




_q ae_jgi_aE_(aE-flr-fg-ja 



me, Are you bus-y for the Mas-ter ev-'ry day as yon should 

pray And we all shall be re-ward-ed o-ver there some happy 



-i 1 1 ^ 



m m m m 



l m- > m-\m-^m 1 - 



W=W 



:S=S=£ 



m— m—m- » — w — 



£"— D l » £— l> fr u~£ 



* 



* 



6--R-J 



^ 



» 



ft ft J 



-£- 



•e>> ♦ — -fl 

- A A A A A — s;— 0- 



3ESS 



=5^ 



J5_— *— 



U u u u 

be? We can al-waysfind a ser-vicefor His word, that we all can 

day; I can help an-oth-er sin-ner gain re-ward,you can help one 

eg £Tt 






ia_SK=aM^-!S=a 



£ 



\>4tAUi-! c^i 



J -i^ M^ Ni 



3^ 



tt m rv 



■*> w 



do,, 
too,. 



7TTT 



I can live a lit - tie clos - er and so can 

to my Lord 



£zz£±S=EEE 



£fe 



m^ 



Fine 



Chorus 



V u~ fl — u l> u ff — -£ 



kf JLbJ> a 






^► 'l « 



you . I can preach the gos-pel sto -ry , 

and so can you. Sto-ry all the way and so can 

J«MU EJ 



i 



*- 



t tr - tr-rtP ^ 



't 



I Gan Live a Little Gloser 

Si-feJt- 



f fo J iJJ .^o^ 



you, 



=7 

and so can you, I 



-l* — if.'- i» 



=3= 



r b u l» 

can tell a - bout His glo - ry, 

Glo - ry, ev - 'ry day, 



W^ 



TX 



V=% 



\i~- 



m&zM^mm* 



you can tell it too; 

2t * -^ :£» ^. 



you can tell it too; I can go in - to the 



m 



«£ 



-& — =r- 



f?-=i- 




*=fc 



4^— 4> 



^zcd 



=^a 



D.S. 



m 



S£r 



!• I* * 

u 



-A A jtk A -A 



u 

hedg - es with His mes-sage true, 

Hedg-es with His word, with His mes - sage true, 

-**r- -be- -»^- -V- -W- 
1 1 1 



@§£=g 



±=t 



m 



t=t= 



4k J* Uk Uk- 2 Ut 

; b P l> L> 



s=£ 



No. 133 

J. B. C. 



Where Gould I Go? 



Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Golden Key" J. B. Coats 




1. Liv-ing be-low in this old sin-ful world, Hardly a corn-fort can af-ford; 

2. Neighbors are kind, I love them ev-'ry one, We get a - long in sweet ac-cord; 

3. Life here is grand with friends I love so dear,Comf ort I get from God's own word; 




Cho. -Where could I go, where could I go,Seek-ing a ref-ugefor my soul? 

D.C- for Chorus 



££ 



5^ 



11 



W^ 



f -F x 



* 






Striv-ing 5 -lone to face temp-ta-tions sore, 

But when my soul needs manna from a-bove, Where could I go but to the Lord? 

Yet when I face the chill-ing hand of death, 



m?3£ 



.fit. 4L..JL. 



I U U 1 



£d$m 



pgH » 



— — — H =F£=^~r~E=E^=E=4=| i| 



-*~-h- 



Need-ing a friend to save me in the end, Where could I go bat to the Lord? 



No. 134 



I Will Still Press On 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Barter Music & Ptg. Co. 
O. L. F. in "Living Grace" Onie L. Francis 



fctefefe! 






:K==z35 



f=± 



;£=£ 




1. With the help of God I will cling to Him, . 

2. Sor - row oft may come loved ones may de - part, , 



g 







jh 



fwfci 



F 



Tho the way be rough and the f u - ture dim, 

And a lone - li - ness fill my bro - ken heart; 

&& I s 

fe-fr- g r-^ d HP!, P — rr- E F^F 




1^ will still be true what so e'er may come.. 

Rich - es ne'er may come fame may ne'er be mine, . 



gg 



tit 



-*- 



-3-H 



D.S.— But my loved ones no*w with the an -gels wait, 



~n 



Fine 




And will jour - ney on to my home, sweet home 

But I have a home with the Lord di - vine 



PR 



D^y£p 



## 



5=K 



S 



£ 



Wait to wel - come me just in- side the gate 

Chorus .. _ ft fo 



Wmm 






^JS p^a 



tt 



I will still press on to my home.sweethome, 

I will still press on to my home, sweet home, 



-*- 



: ^~rr 



M12A 



'^ 



* : 



trfrTV E rr ^ 



-trn 



*-* 



kgj J J 



p 



1 Will Still Press On 



£ 



3— d-=d— ■ d _! _j 5- 



D.S. 



I 



y 



$=*: 



fS 



-=i — j«« — j* — «s r 

^— ^— ^— =^-^^- 



tas: 



Tho the way be dark and I walk a - lone; 



[> 



m 



Tho the way be dark sad-ly walk a - lone; 



^Fr* 



^h 



t 



:t= 



JEipt 



I 



^ 



trtr 



p U 



No. 135 



Sleeping 'Neath the Flowers 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. D. B.,Jr. in "Living Grace" L. D. Bassett, Jr. 




-wt -w s- --*■ 

1. Sleeping 'neath the wil - ted flow - ers, 'Neath the bed where loved ones trod; 

2. Sleeping in the arms of Je - sus With the an-gels keep - ing guard; 

3. Sleeping where the gen -tie breez - es Whis-per down from heaven's do'or; 




l^i^iillilspllpg 




•V W W V ~~ 

None will ev-erdare to wake him, None, ex-cept the Son of God. 

Rest - ing with the si - lent num - ber, In the lone - ly old church yard. 

When the dead in Christ shall wak - en, He will rise to sleep no more. 



rjE— fczjt: 



*u-.\> y U- 



£ 



te=£ 






Chorus 




fnr 



He Bleeps, " " He sleeps, Sleeping 'neath the shady bow 're; 

He sweetly sleeps, while angels keep, 




STT 






jm — a» ^s n 3^ — an tt r -" m 

He sleeps, He sleeps, Sleeping'neath the wilted flow'rs. 

He gently sleeps, sob weetly sleeps, 




Z £*T.--k- r±Jtf ffc 



9 u i- = ■ p e t> 5 r r"^ 



No. 136 



Some Day We Know 



Copyright, 1945, .by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A. CD. in "Living Grace" A. C. Doss 



fe^^fij^pAy 



fv- £ 



rV-fr 



tt=2 



3 



-=>— «- 



zzzz 



~zm 



-^-vr 



u y 

1. Some day we'll know all a-bout the sor-row, trouble and sor-row, In this 

2. We say good-by to the loved ones leaving, many are leav-ing, Sail-ing 

3. The Sav-ior said there's a home up yonder, waiting up yonder, Built for 



mn 



£ 




m 



•=^-*- 



X^u^t 



WW 



tr-tr 




-^fe£E=f = 



— w — ** — * 



P^tep^*: 



^rc 



land down here be - low, But we shall go . . . on a bright to' 

on the o - cean deep; We oft - en sigh, man-y hearts are 

us when life is o'er; When by Him led, how our hope grows 



A A A A_ 

-■ P p i i - 



P^S=*=£ 



m 



kt 



* — *- 



" 1 - 



V— H 



u— 1» 



Wtnr 



iS^=«N 



s 



« 



hi 1 

**; r M A 



'T^TTf^ =t ^^ 



i^: 



a 



mor-row,hap-py to - mor-row, Shake glad hands on yon - der shore. 

griev-ing,man-y are griev-ing, Look to God the soul to keep. 

fon - der, ev - er grows fon-der, All is glad - ness on that shore. 

a_a_«» a__a a a a a a - \ r r^ n 



£ 



=3^p 






f 



tt 



£=£ 



IT 



vfc 



Chorus 



^ 



&s=z 



jj rJ rJ 



P=±=S: 



5fcd=5i=5l 



ff-ffVf^zii^t-nr^ 



fr 



Some day we know we shall all understand it, 

Some day we know we'll un-der-stand it, When the 




w*r& Xs $Vi 



t^V 



When the gates swing o-pen wide; We'H know just why 

ites We'll know just why we'll have a 

AJut 

_Q. pi 




trirf 



miMM 



Some Day We Know 



-ft— ft — ft 



^=^ 



~a! aI S 



■<&!- 



f^f 



{» r^g 



we shall live in a man-sion When we see what waits in-side, 

mansion When we see 



te# £ #fe 



£=£ 



rj r j* 



l 



:£=£ 



v u i * 'tr 

Holy be the Name 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Living Grace" Thurman H. Smith 



u u 
No. 137 

T. H. S. 



feyfei^^ 



e=d5rt=S 



12] — g 



afcS 



^5t 



^ b b trtr^ p 



1. Ho - ly be the name! the name of Je - sns, 

2. Ho - ly be the name! the name of Je-sns, 

3. Ho - ly be the name! the name of Je -sus,ho -ly be the name! 

F- -*_'--w 



m 



X&mmT; 



f ^S-Sfr 



I 



%m 



m 



jg !S jA_ E 



f=« 



-y-y- 



nr-r 



* 



g^^ 



^fe& 



'^2: 



U U L. U 



b u b u U 

Let ns with joy His love pro-claim, His love pro-claim; 

Lift np the voice, and sing His fame, ring out His fame; 

Tell how to save, onr bouTs, He came, to earth He came; 



PP 



m 






*=£= 



ff— * — s- 



CCEE C llf ^ 




SI 



Ho - ly be the name! our great Re-deem-er, 

Ho - ly be the name! the Lord of glo - ry, 

Ho-ly be the name! now and for - ev - er, ho - ly be the name! 






i 



I 



5 3* a 5P 



^-t r~ E =fe=^= 



•=W 



-*— -at 



m 



Let praw - ea ring, ho-ly be the name, the Sav-ior's name. 



* 



-^ *- 



-*F 



M*— A- 



£=2 



Iry - ^ 



f=p t =e 



I 



No, 138 



In Steps of Love 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Luther G. Presley in "Living Grace" Eugene Wright 

ft ft ft - r> __** ^ j* & _w 



35 
zflzib 






vtt-U. 



-q — 



1. We press a - long and sing a song Up - on the glo - ry road, 

2. He bore our shame, yes, bless His name And free - ly took our place 

3. We're go - ing home no more to roam, And shout the vie - to - ry, In 






E=£ 



t= 



-P=£=£=FK 



— q- 



e= 



$tm 



J^- 



y — p"^^ Si 






Insteps of love with Christ we walk each day; What joy to know as 

That we may share His 
steps of love There by the throne we 



|=ggEiE= E= rq r~D"~ jg 



i^^pp 



jv-fe 



fl- 



D.Sd — W hat joy to know as 
A, 



Ml^S 




-^^ W^*^ 



on we go, He free-ly shares our load.In steps 

glo -ry there, Thru His a-maz-ing grace, 

shall live on Turnout e-ter - ni - ty, Insteps 



love He will 

of love 



gSEEt=£=t 



f- 



-Ifcr— W Iter 



1 

on we go He will not let us stray, 
Fine Chorus 

1^ ,"N 



m 



-i — i — ^ 



a ■"= fcr- : ,PK ftc 




fv=ca 



J^P- 



fVi 



£*3= 



*t=stN 



I 






■ aM— 4- 



eaa us an me way. In steps of love There is 

In steps of love There is perfect joy di 






joy di-vine, Insteps of love We sing and shout and shine; 

Tine, In steps of love ^ for Him shine; 



&£ 



E£e£* 



:qj=j-— g 



^g p^f^fc^ 



I N D 

A 

Amazing Grace 91 

America 87 

At the Meeting in the Sky 22 

B 

Back To Bethel 100 

Be Ready to Go 15 

Be Still and Know 88 

By Thy Pow'r Divine 105 

C 

Calling to Me _ 16 

Clouds Will Never Come 58 

Come on and Sing 102 

Come to Jesus While You May 18 

D 

Dear Lord, I Want to See 71 

Dreaming 85 

Drifting Away 37 

E 

Evangel Bells, Ring On 113 

Ev'ry Sunlit Day and Ev'ry Moonlit 45 

G 

Give Me Jesus 67 

Glory Bound 97 

God is Love 33 

God Made Man and Woman 75 

God's Children Moved On 84 

Going to Heaven Ill 

H 

Happy Along the Sunshine Way 8 

Hasten to the Rescue 41 

He Changed the World for Me 34 

He Will Carry You Thru 12 

Hear the Savior's Voice 47 

Holy 83 

Holy be the Name 137 

Holy Easter 61 

Honor the King 125 

How I Love Him 89 

I 

I am Going to Stay _. 21 

I am Going to That City 72 

I am Happy Today 108 

I am Seeking a City 112 

I Can Live a Little Closer 132 

I Feel His Presence in my Soul 9 

I Feel the Need of Mother's Pray'r 80 

I Have a Mansion 121 

I Heard my Name on the Radio — 115 

I Know I'll be no Stranger 20 

I Know I'll Live Again 116 

I See a Rainbow 60 

I Shall Rest by the River 64 

I Want to Go Home 86 

I Want to Live There, Don't You?.. 30 

I Will Still Press On 134 

I'll Be Ready 43 

I'll Gladly Fly Away 66 

I'll Rise and Shout Hallelujah 68 

I'll Settle Down in Glory 35 

I'll Sing of Him 79 

I'll Stay With My Lord 7 

I'll Walk the Glory Highway 119 

I'm Going There 107 

I'm Walking Mighty Close to Jesus 96 

In Steps of Love 138 

It Seems Like Heaven is Near 49 

It Won't be Very Long 82 

J 

Jesus is Leading 54 

Jesus is Mine 2 

Jesus is the Way 57 

Jesus Leads Me 130 

Jesus Will Care for Me 65 

Jesus Will Lead _ 17 

Just Mention His Name 106 

Just Rest Your All in the Arms.... 98 

K 

Keep Heaven in View _ 92 

Keep on Praising Jesus 26 



E X 



Keep the Song Waves Rolling On.... 19 
Keep Your Glad Heart Singing 44 

L 

Let Hallelujahs Roll 10 

Let His Word of Promise be Your.. 5 

Living Grace 1 

Look Up 29 

M 

Mother and Home 6 

Mothers Don't Weep 36 

Mother's Pray'r 23 

My Guiding Star 114 

O 

O Happy Day 00 

O How Sweet to Trust the Lord 25 

O Make Your Decision Today 38 

O Sing His Praise 103 

On the Road to Glory Land 70 

One Thing Sure 11 

One Wonderful Day 76 

Our Great Convention Day 74 

P 

Praise Him 109 

Preach the Message 51 

B 

Revive Us Again „ „ 73 

Riding Home to Glory 122 

Rock of Ages 77 

S 

Safe in His Love 3 

Salvation's Wells 56 

Shall We Meet in Glory Land? 28 

Sing, Work, and Pray 99 

Sing, ye Pilgrims 118 

Singing Above the Cloud 31 

Sleeping 'Neath the Flowers 135 

Some Day I'm Going Over Jordan.... 59 

Some Day We Know 136 

Some Glad Day 126 

Sometime 4 

Stand Firm For the Right 50 

Star of Hope 53 

T 

That Little Home of Mine 129 

The Day of Liberation is Nigh 124 

The Father's Plan 39 

The Glorious Gospel _ _ 40 

The Homeland of the Soul 32 

The Pray'rs of My Mother 81 

The Promised Land 95 

The Secret Place of Pray'r 123 

The Ship That Will Never Come In..ll7 

There is a Way 62 

There is Wonderful Peace 94 

There's a Light in my Soul 120 

Thru the Valley With the Lord 1-A 

'Tis Enough for Me to Know 110 

Trust the Lord 13 

Trust in the Savior 131 

W 

Walk In the Gospel Way 78 

Walk In the Light 128 

Walking and Talking With Jesus... "> 

Walking the Gospel Way in" 

Walking- With Jesus r 

We Shall Rise ; 

We Will Shout Hallelujah 24 

We're Coming Home 46 

What Boundless Love 104 

What Could I Do Without Jesus? .... 93 

What Rejoicing 90 

When He Crowns His Own 127 

When I Said Yes, Jesus Came In.... 63 

When the Lights are Low 42 

Where Could I Go? 133 

Wonderful Jesus 48 



You Need the Love of Jesus 
You'll Need the Lord 



55 
69 



f fin i ■ 



SPECIAL BOOKS 

r% • nM • — songs of the late V. O. 

freClOUS memories Stamps with his picture and 
biography. 224 pages. Beautiful cloth board covers. $1.00 
per copy 
xt c o — new specials. 50c each; 

New bongs supreme five for $2.00 
Super Specials Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 — 

160 pages each. For radio and specials. 50c each; five for 

$2.00 

O t -j. J f* i i! — complete funeral 

Comfort and consolation book. 135 songs. 50c 

each; five for $2.00 

Special RadlO Selections Favorites from many 
books. $1.00 each; five for $4.00 

1>~A\* Qs* nn > Alkiim - 106 Photographs of song 
KadlO OOng AlDUm writers— 228 pages of songs 
—$1.00 each; five for $4.00 

Favorite Radio Songs Nos. 1 and 2 

— more popular than ever. 256 pages each. $1.00 each; five 
for $4.00 

/^^-^^l n..~_4-~i» —our latest book arranged for 
LiOSpel VdUartetS men's voices. 224 pages. $1.00 
each, five for $4.00 

CHURCH BOOKS 

r> | c our largest, latest and best. 360 

calvary OOngS songs. 50c each; 100 for $35.00. 

Favorite Songs and Hymns church h C jSi- 

over a million in use. 345 songs. 50c each; 100 for $26.00 

Modern Favorite Songs ferent. 270 songs— old 

and new. 40c each; 100 for $25.00 

Song Service & Revival ch^chbookasoSnga 

35c each. 100 for $20.00 

Favorite Revival Songs book. w i73 e songs 6 25c 

each; 100 for $16.00 

77 Best Revival Songs S?3F*& £ $S& 

D__ • __1 f> __ — 158 songs, words and music com- 
IVevlVai UemS plete. 15c each; 100 for $10.00. 

Stamps-Baxter Music and Printing Co. 

Dallas, Texas — Pangburn, Ark. — Chattanooga, Tenn.